Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 341

KONE MonoSpace® 3.

0
Installation Instruction

KONE MONOSPACE®, RELEASE 3.0

1075531.wmf

KONEA)
Installation
(Draft
AM-01.01.250
2012-08-28
MonoSpace®
Instruction3.0

AM-01.01.250
(Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation


All rights reserved.
No part of the contents of this document may be copied, reproduced or transmitted in any form or by
any means, or translated into another language or format, in whole or part, without prior written
permission of KONE Corporation.

Authorization Notice

This publication is for informational purposes only. All persons participating in the installation and/or
maintenance of KONE equipment and using these instructions must be qualified to perform such work,
are required to have received equipment specific training as specified by KONE and must have KONE
Corporation's authorization to install and maintain KONE equipment.

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES AND LIABILITIES

KONE reserves the right at any time to alter the product design, specifications and procedures reflected
in this document. NO STATEMENT CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE CONSTRUED AS A
WARRANTY OR CONDITION, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AS TO ANY PRODUCT, SPECIFICATION OR
PROCEDURE, ITS MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR
QUALITY, OR AS A MODIFICATION OR REPRESENTATION OF THE TERMS OF ANY PURCHASE
AGREEMENT.

KONE DISCLAIMS ANY LIABILITY RESULTING FROM OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
DISCLOSURE OF INFORMATION IN THIS DOCUMENT. KONE HAS NO LIABILITY FOR
TYPOGRAPHICAL OR OTHER ERRORS OR OMISSIONS CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR
ANYONE'S INTERPRETATION OF THE INSTRUCTIONS. THE USER OF THIS DOCUMENT
ASSUMES ALL RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OR DISCLOSURE OF THIS DOCUMENT.

Confidentiality Notice

This proprietary and confidential document is provided to you only for purposes of installing and/or
maintaining KONE products and it may not be used or its contents disclosed for any other purpose
without KONE's prior written permission. Neither this document nor its contents may be copied or
disclosed to third parties for any reason. KONE reserves the right to prosecute any breach of this
obligation.

Trademark Notice

"KONE, MonoSpace, MiniSpace, EcoDisc, TranSys, Alta, KoneXion, KONE ECO3000 and all other
product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of KONE Corporation in various countries."

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 1 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1 GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.1 Abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.2 Related documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
1.3 Daily installation order guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.4 Customer experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.5 Explanation for quality requirement table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2 SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.1 General safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.2 Recommended working postures and ergonomic methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.3 Installation method safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.4 Danger and personal protection signs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3 SITE REQUIREMENTS AND TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1 Site requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.2 Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
4 OFFLOADING AND DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.1 Offloading and distributing materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
4.2 Offloading and transporting landing doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
5 INSTALLING MAN RIDING HOIST AND OVERSPEED GOVERNOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.1 Man riding hoist parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
5.2 Work positioning equipment or restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.3 Safety checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.4 Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.5 Routing the man riding hoist rope and cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
5.6 Installing overspeed governor hanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
5.7 Fixing the man riding hoist rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
5.8 Lowering the man riding hoist hook to the pit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5.9 Pit ladder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
5.10 Testing the hoist equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
6 PLUMBING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
6.1 Elevator shaft plumbing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
6.2 Plumbing table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
7 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION IN THE PIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
7.1 Guide rail preparing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
7.2 Installing dividing beams (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
7.3 Guide rail brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
7.4 Installing first guide rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7.5 Installing and aligning the first length of car guide rails (TH £ 3500). . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
7.6 Installing counterweight buffer and OSG tension weight. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
7.7 Installing counterweight frame (without safety gear, primary method) . . . . . . . . . . . 65

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 2 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.8 Installing counterweight frame (without safety gear, alternative method) . . . . . . . . . 66


7.9 Installing counterweight frame with safety gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
7.10 Installing car buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
8 CAR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
8.1 Installing uprights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
8.2 Installing bottom beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
8.3 Installing car floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
8.4 Connecting OSG and ASGT ropes to safety gear linkage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
8.5 Initial loading of counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
8.6 Installing car walls (option 1, first customer pilots in Europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
8.7 Installing car walls (option 2, after first customer pilots in Europe) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
8.8 Installing car walls (through type car) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
8.9 Installing top beam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
8.10 Installing car top balustrade and car roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
8.11 Tensioning overspeed governor rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
9 ATTACHING HOIST TO CAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
9.1 Installing swivel balustrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
9.2 Attaching hoist and automatic safety gear trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
9.3 Testing ASGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
9.4 Using ASGT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
10 CAR INTERIOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
10.1 Installing ceiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
10.2 Mirrors and handrails. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
10.3 Skirting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
10.4 Installing seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
10.5 Installing buffer rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
10.6 Installing tenant directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
11 INSTALLING REST OF GUIDE RAILS AND BRACKETS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
11.1 Preparing for guide rail installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
11.2 Installing third ring of guide rail brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
11.3 Installing guide rails . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
12 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION IN TOP OF ELEVATOR SHAFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
12.1 Installing overspeed governor to final position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
12.2 Installing counterweight overspeed governor and tension weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
12.3 Removing the extension rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
12.4 Car sill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
12.5 Installing machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
12.6 Parking plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
12.7 Installing rope hitches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
12.8 Filing and checking the guide rail joints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 3 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13 LANDING DOOR INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131


13.1 Installation order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
13.2 Installing landing sill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
13.3 Installing uprights and top parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
13.4 Installing door panels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
13.5 Top track settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
13.6 Installing panels and strips (front type version only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
13.7 Installing landing toe guards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
14 CAR FRONT INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
14.1 Installing car front walls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
14.2 Finalizing car front installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
15 INSTALLING CAR DOORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
15.1 Unpacking and transporting the door operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
15.2 Installation of Low duty door operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
15.3 Installation of Mid and High duty door operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
15.4 Installing finger protection list (window / glass doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
15.5 Door panel buffers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
15.6 Door panel fixings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
15.7 Door panel guides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
15.8 Installation of door panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
15.9 Coupler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
15.10 Railing settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
15.11 Emergency opening for car door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
15.12 Electrification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
15.13 Car door lock and contact measurements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
16 KONE SIGNALIZATION SYSTEM (KSS) INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
16.1 Hall indicator (KSH) and landing call station (KSL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
16.2 Installing COP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
16.3 Hall display (KSJ) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
17 INSTALLING MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
17.1 Installing wall type MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
17.2 Installing door type MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
18 IDE300 (OPTIONAL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
19 ELECTRIFICATION AT TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT (KDL16S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
19.1 Overview (KDL16S). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
19.2 Opening drive covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
19.3 Installing SEP and drive panels, brake resistor and trunkings (KDL16S) . . . . . . . . 191
19.4 Connecting machine cables (KDL16S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
19.5 Cabling: MAP - drive, SEP - drive (KDL16S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
20 ELECTRIFICATION AT TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT (KDM40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
20.1 Overview (KDM40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 4 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20.2 Installing SEP and drive panels, KDA module, brake resistor and trunkings (KDM40)198
20.3 Machine cables (KDM40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
20.4 Cabling: MAP - KDA module, SEP - KDA module (KDM40) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
20.5 Cabling: KDA - drive module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
21 CABLES: SEP-MAP, MAIN SUPPLY, KRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
21.1 Installing load weighing sensor, OSG cables and topmost lighting unit . . . . . . . . . 204
21.2 Wiring between SEP and MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
21.3 Connecting main supply cable to MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
21.4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
21.5 Group connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
22 INSTALLING TRAVELLING CABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
22.1 Installing travelling cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
23 ELEVATOR SHAFT WIRING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
23.1 Shaft lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
23.2 Installing shaft wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
23.3 Wiring at the landings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
23.4 Installing segmented shaft network (if 16 served floors / group elevator) . . . . . . . . 217
23.5 Installing support channel (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
24 ELECTRIFICATION IN THE PIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
24.1 Finalizing car installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
24.2 Installing electrification under the car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
24.3 Installing pit electrification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
24.4 Installing pit toe guard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
25 CAR ELECTRIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
25.1 Magnet switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
25.2 Installing car top connection box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
25.3 Installing electrification on the car roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
25.4 Install the provision for lift announcer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
25.5 Install the intercom socket on the car roof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
25.6 Installing curtain of light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
25.7 Installing ramps and magnets (driving up). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
25.8 Wiring of door operator and curtain of light (or photo cell) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
26 FINALIZING LANDING DOORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
26.1 Uprights on slampost side (fire rated EI30/EI60/EI120-W doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
26.2 Uprights on non-slampost side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
26.3 Fire trims (frame version only). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
26.4 Corner angles and wall gaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
26.5 Top extension panel fire insulation (front version only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
26.6 Carpet profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
26.7 Quality check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 5 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27 ROPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
27.1 Lubrication of suspension ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
27.2 Roping principle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
27.3 Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
27.4 Roping in the pit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
27.5 Attaching compensation chain under the car (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
27.6 Roping at top of the elevator shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
27.7 Shortening the ropes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
27.8 Attaching compensation chain to counterweight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
27.9 Moving OSG rope in the large groove. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
27.10 Installing brake release cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
27.11 Testing manual brake release operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
27.12 Dismantling man riding hoist from car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
27.13 Finalizing car installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
28 COMMISSIONING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
28.1 Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
28.2 Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
28.3 Final steps of commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
28.4 Fine adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
29 COMMISSIONING OF THE CAR DOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
29.1 Layout of drive 10 electronic assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
29.2 Layout of AMD drive 2 electronic assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
29.3 Testing factory adjusted door operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
29.4 Adjusting closing force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
29.5 LEDs, drive 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
29.6 DIP-switches, drive 10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
29.7 LEDs, drive 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
29.8 DIP-switches, drive 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
29.9 Commissioning of curtain of light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
30 FINAL STEPS AND ELEVATOR SHAFT CLEANING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
30.1 Correction of parameter settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
30.2 Checking the levelling accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
30.3 Volume adjustment (audible feedback) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
30.4 Group locking function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
30.5 Emergency lighting battery and KONE remote monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
30.6 Emergency battery drive (EBD-A) test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
30.7 Testing the compensation chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
30.8 Elevator shaft cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
31 SAFETY INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
31.1 Safety inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 6 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

32 HANDOVER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
32.1 Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
32.2 Handover form. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
32.3 Installation quality checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
33 FAULT FINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
33.1 Fault finding procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
33.2 Normal run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
33.3 Faults in drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
34 APPROVALS AND VERSION HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
35 FEEDBACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
APPENDIX A. KDL drive related issues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
APPENDIX B. Balancing factors and loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
APPENDIX D. Electrification panels, introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
APPENDIX E. Elevator shaft wiring with trunking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
APPENDIX G. Energy efficiency class A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
APPENDIX H. Ceiling types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 7 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1 GENERAL

The single and flexible man installation method described in this instruction is designed to
ensure an efficient, trouble-free installation, whilst maintaining safe working practices. This is
a general instruction which can be used for MonoSpace® release 3.0 elevators.

Some of the components may differ from those that are described in this instruction. In these
cases refer to the delivery documents or component level AM instructions. Follow this
instruction. If it is necessary to deviate from the method a carefully designed, risk assessed,
method statement must first be obtained from your front line management.

All installation tasks must be controlled and verified during installation by filling in the
completion sheet which is used as a checklist before:
– commissioning
– safety inspection
– handover to maintenance and customer

1.1 Abbreviations

1.1.1 General

Abbreviation Term Definition


FFL finished floor level
CL central line
DBG distance between guide rails
A marking of entrance e.g. A-door/side usually main door, always MAP side
B marking of entrance e.g. B-door/side
C marking of entrance e.g. C-door/side opposite main door
D marking of entrance e.g. D-door/side

C2 C1
D2 B1

D1 B2
A 1078299.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 8 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1.1.2 Elevator shaft and car

Abbreviation Term Unit Definition


elevator shaft
SH headroom height mm the vertical distance between the finished floor at the
highest level served and the roof of the elevator shaft
PH pit depth mm that part of the elevator shaft located under the
lowest landing level served by the elevator
WW elevator shaft width mm the horizontal distance between the inner surfaces of
the elevator shaft walls measured parallel to the car
width
WD elevator shaft mm the horizontal distance between the inner surfaces of
depth the elevator shaft walls measured parallel to the car
depth
H travel height mm sum of interfloor distances
HF floor to floor mm given as a minimum
distance
car
CH car clear height mm
BB car clear width mm
DD car clear depth mm
NE toe guard height mm car and landing door sills

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 9 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Elevator shaft vertical dimensions


Frame doors Front doors

HA HB HB

SH
SH

HH
CH

HH

CH

HB
H

HA

H
HF

HF
HR

HH
PH

PH
1007040.wmf 1007041.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 10 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1.1.3 Landing/front and frame door

Elevator shaft horizontal dimensions, front door

1007043.wmf

Abbreviation Term Unit Definition


LW from clear opening to elevator shaft wall mm
LW1 from clear opening to elevator shaft wall mm
LW2 from clear opening to elevator shaft wall mm
LD side wall depth mm
LR door raw opening width mm front door case LR=WW
HR door raw opening height mm
HA front door lintel height mm
HB front door extension height mm
LL door clear opening width mm
HH door clear opening height mm

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 11 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Elevator shaft horizontal dimensions, frame door

1007042.wmf

Abbreviation Term Unit Definition


FW front wall width mm
FW1 front wall width mm
FW2 ? front wall width mm FW2 does not exist here!
FD front wall depth mm
LR door raw opening width mm LR=WW-2*FW or WW-(FW+FW1)
HR door raw opening height mm
LL door clear opening width mm
HH door clear opening height mm

1.1.4 Additional abbreviations

MAP = maintenance access panel


SEP = shaft electrification panel

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 12 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1.2 Related documents

In addition to this manual, you can find safety- and product-related information in the following
documents:
– AM-01.03.001 Preventing falls from height when working on elevators, escalators and
building doors
– AM-01.03.002 Take 5 - Electrical safety when working on elevators, escalators and
autowalks
– AM-01.03.003 Take 2 - double security safety practice when using hoists for man riding
purposes
– AM-01.03.010 Safe working in elevator shaft and machine room areas
– AS-01.01.030 Rescue instruction for KONE MonoSpace type elevator
– AS-12.02.001 Instruction for handling electrostatic-discharge-sensitive-devices on site
– AM-01.01.190 Environmental excellence - Installation
– AM-01.01.260 5S guide book - Eliminating unnecessary actions in elevator installation
– AM-01.01.261 5S advanced instructions - Eliminating unnecessary actions in elevator
installation
– AM-01.05.016 Installing light entrance protection (LEP)
– AM-03.12.067 Automatic car door AMDC
– AM-03.12.094 KES201 landing door
– AM-03.17.011 Formula systems slimscreen curtain of light FCU 0735 and FZU 1047 3D
(for automatic car door AMD)
– AM-03.35.020 Electrical installation, commissioning, troubleshooting instruction, AMD
drive 2 + car door operator
– AM-03.35.027 Electrical Installation, Commissioning and Troubleshooting Instruction -
AMD Drive 10 Car Door Operator
– AM-03.90.121 ReNova slim landing door
– AM-04.05.056 Hoisting Machine NMX07 / NMX11
– AM-06.06.030 Hermes Car
– AM-06.12.010 Global accessories, suspended ceilings and lighting
– AM-07.04.040 Progressive type safety gear AQ32
– AM-07.04.042 Progressive type safety gear CSGB-01
– AM-10.60.028 Elevator shaft bundle (cables and connection boxes without trunking)
– AM-11.65.038 ECB-1 single line ReGenerative unit
– AM-11.65.042 KDM drive for MonoSpace® and MonoSpace® Special: Installation,
commissioning and safety inspection
– AM-11.65.045 Machine-Room-Less Elevators with KDL16S drive, Installing,
Commissioning and Safety Inspection
– AM-12.20.005 KONE Signalisation System (KSS) installation
– AM-12.20.017 KONE Polaris™ 500 and 800 Destination Control Systems (DCS)
– AM-13.20.018 KONE IDE300™ - Integration of doors and elevator
– AM-13.25.007 KONE remote monitoring (KRM) for elevators

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 13 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

– 994525D01 KDM Parameter list (delivered with drive)


– 994525D02 KDM Diagnostic Code List
– 994525D03 KDM Parameter Guide
– 972483D01 KDL16 Parameter Table (delivered with drive)
– 972484D01 KDL16 Parameter Guide
– 972485D01 KDL16 Diagnostic Codes
– 813138 Global LCE Fault Codes
– 813131 User Interface Menu Instructions for LCE
– 812281 F2K Remote Control Boards
– 818442 PIN Code Feature
– 827328 Configuration switch instruction
– Man riding hoist manual
– Shaft vane diagrams, layout drawings, wiring diagrams

Product-related maintenance instructions and spare parts lists:


– AS-03.12.036 Maintenance instruction for AMD doors
– AR-03.12.037 Spare parts manual for AMD car door
– AR-03.12.076 Spare parts manual for AMD landing door

– AS-03.12.036 Maintenance instruction for AMD doors


– ASG-03.12.036 Preventive maintenance instruction for AMD doors
– AR-03.12.037 Spare parts manual for AMD car door
– AR-03.12.076 Spare parts manual for AMD landing door

– AS-07.03.016 Repairing Hermes car sling

– AS-04.08.039 Replacing the brakes of hoisting machines NMX07 and NMX11


– AR-04.06.016 Spare Parts NMX11

– AS-11.65.040 Repair instruction for KDM drive system in KONE MonoSpace Special
– AR-11.65.040 Spare parts manual for KDM drive system

– AS-11.65.052 Repairing KDL16S


– AR-11.65.034 Spare parts manual for KDL16 drives

– AS-10.22.006 Repair instruction for KONE MonoSpace®, MonoSpace® 1.6 m/s and
TranSys™ shaft electrification panels
– AR-10.22.006 Spare parts manual for KONE MonoSpace electrification

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 14 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1.3 Daily installation order guide

Elevator Prerequisites to meet the schedule


Elevator 5 floors, 12 m travel, single side Complete on time / error free delivery
shaft entrances
Door type AMDL1 or AMDL2, frame non fire Installation site fulfilling the 5 Site
rated, installation with expander bolts Absolutes
for guide rails and landing doors
Car One handrail and one mirror Fitter has installed 5-8 units prior.
interior Working within allocated working
hours.

1.3.1 Single man schedule

The table below indicates phases of the installation.

Day Action
1 Arrival at site, transporting tools, receiving delivery.
Installing man riding hoist, installing overspeed governor.
Setting the lasers.
Plumbing and establishing plumbing table.
Installing first guide rail brackets and pit ladder, preparing counterweight frame.
Installing and aligning first lengths of guide rails and brackets. Installing buffers and
counterweight frame.
Installing sling and installing overspeed governor.
2 Installing car and initial loading of the counterweight.
Waste material handling.
Installing automatic safety gear trigger.
Attaching man riding hoist to car and installing third ring of guide rail brackets.
Installing car interior.
Installing working light to the car roof.
Installing and aligning guide rails and brackets to intermediate floors.
3 Installing topmost floor lengths of guide rails and brackets.
Transferring the overspeed governor to its final position and setting the rope to
final length.
Installing car sill.
Installing machine and rope fixings.
Installing landing door sill brackets.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 15 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Day Action
4 Installing landing doors, not finally adjusted.
Installing car front wall and car door.
Installing last landing door.
Installing trunking and elevator shaft lighting.
Waste material handling.
5 Final adjustment of landing doors.
Installing MAP, SEP and drive panels.
Installing elevator shaft top wiring and brake lever.
Installing travelling cables, elevator shaft wiring and signalization.
6 Installing car wiring and setting positioning system and ramps.
Installing pit wiring.
Waste material handling.
Installing car electrification and car operating panel.
7 Placing filler weights inside the car for balancing operations, roping.
Closing the brake, re-checking the brake lever operation, safety checks,
commissioning and removal of tools.
Balancing and final steps.
Cleaning down the elevator shaft and disposal of waste materials.
Safety inspection (assistance with test weights).

1.3.2 Flexible man schedule

The table below indicates in which phases of the installation two men are required and when
the installation can be undertaking by a single man.

Day Action Task split


fitter 1 / 2
1 Arrival at site, transporting tools, receiving delivery. 1 2
Installing the man riding hoist, installing the overspeed governor. 1 2
Setting the plumbing jig. 2
Cleaning guide rails and mounting fish plates. 1
Plumbing and establishing plumbing table. 2
Installing first guide rail brackets and pit ladder, preparing 1
counterweight frame.
Installing and aligning first lengths of guide rails and brackets. 1 2
Installing buffers and counterweight frame.
Installing sling and installing overspeed governor for single man 1 2
working.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 16 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Day Action Task split


fitter 1 / 2
2 Installing the car and initial loading of the counterweight. 1 2
Waste material handling. 1
Installing the automatic safety gear trigger. 1
Attaching the man riding hoist to car and installing the third ring of 2
guide rail brackets.
Installing the car interior. 1
Installing and aligning guide rails and brackets to intermediate 1
floors.
Preparing the car and counterweight guide rail brackets. 2
Preparing machine and landing door brackets 2
3 Installing top most floor lengths of guide rails and brackets. 1
Transferring the overspeed governor to final position and setting the 1
rope to final length.
Installing the pulley beam and car sill. 1
Installing the machine and rope fixings. 1
Installing the landing door sill brackets. 1
4 Installing the trunking and elevator shaft lighting 1
Installing the landing doors, not finally adjusted. 1
Installing the car front wall and car door. 1
Installing the last landing door. 1
Waste material handling. 1
5 Final adjustment of the landing doors. 1
Installing the MAP, SEP and drive panels. 1
Installing the elevator shaft top wiring and brake lever. 1
Installing the travelling cables, shaft wiring and signalization. 1
6 Installing car wiring and setting positioning system and ramps. 1
Installing the pit wiring. 1
Waste material handling. 1
Installing the car electrification and car operating panel. 1
7 Placing filler weights inside the car for balancing operations, roping. 1
Closing of the brake and re-check of the brake lever operation, 1
safety checks, commissioning and removal of tools.
Balancing and final steps. 1
Cleaning down the elevator shaft and disposal of waste materials. 1
Safety inspection (assistance with test weights). 1 (2)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 17 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1.4 Customer experience

The focus of your work must always be customer satisfaction. To reach and exceed the
customers’ expectations, be polite, constructive and co-operative, and communicate clearly.
Remember that for customers, you represent KONE, so ensure that you handle or at least
communicate all customer requests and feedback to the correct persons.
For more information on how to deliver best-in-class customer experiences through behavior
and communication, see the KONE Ambassador program in KONE intranet (search for
Ambassador) or contact your supervisor.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 18 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1.5 Explanation for quality requirement table

Quality Requirements:

Required mandatory outcomes


upon completion of the chapter.

MAIN hazards identified.


Other hazards are described
within each chapter.

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE Reminder of
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
5S standards.

SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:

This area highlights the negative Tools from the installation kit.
effects of failing to meet the
quality requirements. Hand tools needed:

Tools from the tool kit.

5S Installation Progress Report

Progressive reminder to complete


this document.

QD-181.211

Progressive reminder to complete


this document.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 19 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2 SAFETY

When you are working on your own ensure that:


– someone in authority knows where you are
– regular checks are made to ensure your safety
If you have any doubts about single man working on your specific job site, discuss them with
your supervisor.
Where required, discuss method statements and risk assessments with your supervisor and
colleagues before starting work.
Work safely and follow local codes and agreed practices.

2.1 General safety

The words WARNING and CAUTION are used to highlight possible hazardous situations to
persons or equipment as follows:

WARNING: This is to warn about serious safety hazards.

CAUTION: This is to warn about damage to equipment which may also involve a safety
hazard.

2.1.1 Safety instructions

Following safety instructions should be referred to in conjunction with this installation


instruction:
– AM-01.03.001 Preventing falls from height when working on elevators, escalators and
building doors
– AM-01.03.002 Take 5 - Electrical safety when working on elevators
– AM-01.03.003 Take 2 - Double security safety practice when using hoists for man riding
purposes
– AM-01.03.010 Safe working in elevator shaft and machine room areas
– Man riding hoist manual

NOTE: Installation work must only be carried out by competent and qualified personnel.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 20 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2.1.2 Double security safety practise when using hoists for man riding purposes

Refer to AM-01.03.003 - Take 2 Double security safety practice when using hoists for man
riding purposes.
To ensure your and your co-workers personal safety you must always be protected from
falling by two independent devices.
It is not permitted to drive or to be on top of the suspended platform without double security:
1. Safety gear
The safety gear must be connected to the overspeed governor and automatic safety gear
trigger.
2. Man riding hoist
The man riding hoist must be correctly attached to the car sling using the fittings provided
with the hoist.
It is not permitted to disconnect the man riding hoist or remove the hook from the car until it
has been double secured:
1. Safety gear
The car must be secured on the safety gear using the automatic safety gear trigger.
2. Chains
The parking chain(s) must secure the car to the agreed anchorage point in the shaft.

2.1.3 Electrical working safety

Familiarise yourself with the safety instruction AM-01.03.002 and follow it at all times.
Refer to AM-01.03.002 "Take 5 - Electrical Safety when Working on Elevators".
The following 5 steps must be taken in the specified order unless there are essential reasons
for doing otherwise:
1. Disconnect the power supply completely.
2. Secure it against re-connection.
3. Verify that the installation is de-energised.
4. Check requirements for earthing in special circumstances.
(This operation may only be carried out by qualified personnel in co-operation with the
person responsible for the building electrification who must ensure that the technique can
be safely employed in this situation.)
5. Provide protection against adjacent live parts.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 21 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2.1.4 General safety precautions

Safety precautions Note


Follow your national lift codes and other In case of conflict between the code and
safety related regulations. this instruction, rely on your code.
The local safety codes and rules must be Refer to your local procedures for the type
obeyed at all times. of entrance protection required.
Follow this instruction. Do not skip any step, Warning signs highlight possible hazards.
otherwise there may be a potentially (See page 27.)
dangerous situation which you have not
considered.
ENSURE THAT ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT AND CONDUCTORS ARE
SAFELY DE-ENERGISED BEFORE
WORKING ON THEM.
A locking off system for main electric supply
isolator or other system (for example fuse
removal, locking and tagging system, etc.)
must be agreed with main contractor before
installation commences.
Do not connect or disconnect any
connectors when the power is ON.

Personal safety equipment must be Refer to the list of Personal safety items on
available and used as required. page 27.
Use only approved manual handling techniques.
Do not work at different levels within the same / adjacent elevator shaft enclosures.
The rust protection must be removed from Refer to page 56 for specific safety notes.
the rails. Otherwise, the safety gear will not
operate correctly.
Prevent falls from height:
1. Identify all possible fall hazards.
2. Remove the fall hazards, if possible.
3. If it is not possible to remove a fall hazard, then reduce the risk of fall using fall
prevention methods.
4. If it is not possible to protect against a fall hazard using fall prevention methods, then
use fall arrest equipment but only when verified through specific risk assessment. The
provision of suitable rescue equipment, instruction and training must be available to
ensure the timely rescue in case of a fall.
Refer to AM-01.03.001.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 22 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Safety precautions Note


If applicable, safety harnesses must be
CAUTION: Safety harnesses with used in accordance with your national
codes.
lanyards.

When your safety harness is not secured


to a life line or other approved anchorage
point, ensure the lanyard does not cause
a catching or tripping hazard.

Always position the car at a safe level relative to landing before accessing or egressing.
NEVER WORK UNDER A SUSPENDED
LOAD!

Ensure that the lifting equipment is correctly


rated for the task and in good condition.
Always use the hoist in accordance with Additional safeguards ensure that there is
your local regulations. no unwanted movement of the car due to
Refer to AM-01.03.003 Take 2 - safe hoist control or other failure.
working when using hoists for man riding
purposes.
Take care handling waste materials in accordance with your local regulations.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 23 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2.2 Recommended working postures and ergonomic methods

These recommended working postures and ergonomic methods has been identified to
contribute a better workplace and your well-being.

Working height Adjust Working distance


height of working to Adjust working
enable your hands to be distance to enable
within the vertical area of the object to be
chest and belt buckle. within length of
forearms.

Lifting Carrying
Focus on the lift, even if 1. Keep the lifted
the lifted object is light! object as close to
1. Go close to the lifted the body as
object possible
2. Use your legs 2. Keep your back
3. Keep your back untwisted and
untwisted and straight straight
4. Keep both feet on the
same lane
Loading of transport
cart
Slide the component onto
the KONE transport cart
instead of lifting it.
Moving heavy objects
without a handle
If the object doesn't
contain a handle, push/
slide the object instead of
pulling.

NOTE: If work is being carried out by kneeling, with bent back/legs or with hands elevated
above chest or object is further than length of forearms, ensure to limit time of exposure
and alternate the working postures. Make sure that the working area is un-obstructed and
not hindering you.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 24 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2.3 Installation method safety

Special feature Note


The car is used as the working platform. Do not drive on the car roof until the
balustrade is fitted and the safety gear is
connected.
The man riding hoist is positioned on the The man riding hoist is used to move the
car roof and an additional securing rope is car during the initial stages of the
attached to the overspeed governor lifting installation.
eye.
The man riding hoist and overspeed governor are suspended from lifting eyes in top of the
elevator shaft.
The elevator’s own overspeed governor Refer to AM-01.03.003 Take 2.
and safety gear are used during installation.
The automatic safety gear trigger engages the safety gear automatically in the event of
hoist rope failure or manually when it is necessary to secure the car.
The parking chain is used to secure the car
to a car guide rail bracket whenever the
hoist hook is disconnected from the car or
when you are working under the car in the
pit.

Always keep the chain as tight as possible.

1078317.wmf

When working from the car roof you must At certain times the hoist hook is removed
always park the car using both the parking from the car whilst it is still used as a
chain and the safety gear before working platform. During these operations
disconnecting the hoist hook. the safety gear must be engaged and the
parking chain must be used.
Emergency descent from the car roof. If there is a power failure on site, it is always
possible to move the car to a lower landing
level using the brake releasing lever. For
emergency descent refer to the man riding
handbook.
Guide rails are lifted using the car. Guide rails are fitted in the conventional
way using the sliding clamp to lift each rail.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 25 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Special feature Note


Blocking device
WARNING: The blocking device is not
After roping, whenever working on the
strong enough on its own to support the
traction or suspension elements the
blocking device must be used. weight of the car. In situations where the
car is not supported by the ropes it must
be secured using the parking chain and
safety gear.

When moving the car on manual brake release, do not let it overspeed. Check speed
indication LEDs on LOP-CB board.
Do not leave the brake open. (Try to limit the motor rotation to 1 second intervals.)
If you are working on your own, ensure that someone in charge knows where you are and
that regular checks are made to ensure your safety.
If you have any doubts about single man working on a specific site, discuss with your
supervisor.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 26 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2.4 Danger and personal protection signs

Danger signs
Danger Sign Danger Sign Danger Sign
Electric shock Risk of falling Magnetic field

Risk of fire Corrosion Entry prohibited


Dermatological
risk
General hazard Suspended load Pinching hazard
warning

Safety gloves, overall, safety shoes with ankle protection, safety helmet, safety goggles, dust
mask, hearing protection and safety harness are provided for your personal protection. USE
THEM AS REQUIRED.

Personal protection signs


Mandatory Sign Mandatory Sign Mandatory Sign
Safety helmet Overall Dust mask

Hearing Safety shoes Safety gloves


protection with ankle Rubber gloves
protection
Fall prevention Safety goggles Fall prevention
equipment measures

Man riding hoist First aid kit


mandatory
inspection

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 27 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3 SITE REQUIREMENTS AND TOOLS

3.1 Site requirements

Before installation can start, ensure that the following things have been done:
– The site must be 100 % ready.
– Transport routes must be defined and agreed as close as possible to the elevator shaft.
– Elevator shaft tolerances must be checked by the supervisor.
– Delivery must be complete and on site.
– Installation start date must be agreed with the customer.
– When starting the installation and the wall mounted MAP is delivered, ask the builder to
finalise the wall at the location of the MAP. This ensures that the wall mounted MAP can
be installed without re-adjustment.
– A locking off system for main electric supply isolator, or other system (for example fuse
removal, locking and tagging system, etc.), must be agreed with main contractor before
installation commences. Refer to AM-01.03.002 Take 5.
– Installation tools must be available on site.
– Recommended hand tools must be available.
– Personal safety equipment must be available.
– The site inspection should take place minimum one week before the installation is
scheduled to start, in accordance to the delivery process milestones “835”.

Requirement Note
Adequate lighting and 3 -phase power Where required, the elevator shaft lighting
supply must be temporary or permanent can be lowered from the top floor and
positioned for both the elevator and the man temporarily secured to the entrance
riding hoist according to the layout drawing. protection horizontal stands.
Lifting eyes must be positioned in the top of If the lifting eye is screw type, the lifting eye
the elevator shaft according to the layout must be securely fastened to avoid
drawing and marked with the safe working untightening.
loads.
Right handed lift:
1. Lifting eye for man riding hoist
(2000 kg)
2. Lifting eye for machine (1500 kg)
3. Lifting eye for overspeed governor 1 2
WD

(1500 kg)
4. Lifting eye for KDM drive 3 4
(if applicable, 1500 kg)
WW

1077488.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 28 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Requirement Note
Typical lifting eye construction:
Maximum diameter of hook section 18 mm.

max

Finished floor marks must be on each landing.


! 65
1078300.wmf

For group elevators setting out reference lines must be marked on the lowest common
floor area.
Elevator shaft and pit must be cleaned and The elevator shaft must be watertight.
pit waterproofed.
C-inserts (if used) must be correctly positioned and cleaned.
Suitable material storage areas must be Materials should be stored within 20 metres
agreed with builder, adjacent to the elevator or close range from the elevator shaft.
shaft.
Suitable storage area must be provided for installation tools.
Clear, unobstructed access routes to at least one entrance, at or next to the ground floor,
for long or bulky items, (guide rails, car components, doors and so on), must be defined
and clear of obstructions.
Landings must be protected with coverings
according to the local safety codes and
regulations.
Fit temporary barriers around the top and
bottom landing entrances wherever
temporary protection is removed or landing
doors must remain open.
The entrance protection must be
imperforate. See AM-01.05.016, Installing
light entrance protection (LEP).
The bars must be secured so that they
cannot be moved unintentionally
1078840.wmf
horizontally or vertically.
Elevator shaft dimensions and tolerances must be in accordance with layout drawings.
Suitable provision for disposal of waste According to the local requirements.
materials must be available.
Appropriate fixing points for safety
harnesses must be available.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 29 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3.2 Tools

MonoSpace® tools
Pcs. Tool Pcs. Tool
2 Support bars 1 Automatic safety gear trigger
or Drawing number: 716161 Drawing number: 803140G01
3 1 Brake wire rope bracket:
3 support bars are needed if plumbing jig Drawing number: 803144G01
is used. 1 Brake wire rope:
Drawing number: 772277G01

1007069.wmf

1 Rope fixing plate 1 Telescopic pipe, Bahco AP-5M


Drawing number: 803146
Drawing number: KM823588H04

1027222.wmf 1010242.wmf

1 Parking chain 2 m, 1500 kg 2 Plumbing supports (pit)


Drawing number: 266828 Drawing number: 716177G01

1007070.wmf

1007072.wmf
1 Guide rail lifting clamp for guide rails 2 Guide rail securing to car roof
T70, T82, T89 Drawing number: 773444G01
2 Guide rail lifting pocket
Drawing number: 716165G01 Drawing number: 762396G01

1007079.wmf

P17000195.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 30 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

MonoSpace® tools
Pcs. Tool Pcs. Tool
1 Counterweight guide rail positioning tool 1 Unwinding device
Drawing number: 716175G01 Drawing number: 504610G01

1007076.wmf

1 Hoist test bracket, max. load 2000 kg 1 Counterweight guide rail alignment tool
Drawing number: 716157G01 Drawing number: 716180G01

1007084.wmf 1007074.wmf

4 Eyebolt M12 (male) 4 Eyebolt M8 (male)


Drawing number: 266824 Drawing number: 934990

1026867.wmf 1026867.wmf

Hoisting chains: 1 Eyeloop M10 (female) + M10 T-bolt


1 Extension chain 1.5 m, 500 kg Drawing number: 754258
Drawing number: 266827
1 Shortenable chain 2 x 1.5 m, 500 kg
Drawing number: 266826
1 Car/door installation chain 2 x 0.5 m, 1026868.wmf

500 kg 3 Shackle 12 mm tap, 1500 kg


Drawing number: 266825 Drawing number: 754257

1007081.wmf
1007078.wmf

1 Rope grip for rope reeler securing, 9 mm 1 Shackle for car roof rope reeler securing,
Drawing number: 754257 8 mm tap, 350 kg
Drawing number: 754257

1007082.wmf
1007083.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 31 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Other installation tools


Pcs. Tool Pcs. Tool
1 Man riding hoist + pulleys, 1 Manual chain hoist, capacity 500 kg
750 kg / 1000 kg capacity. (Yale compact 500 or equivalent).

See hoist equipment parts on page 43. A = 289 mm


H = 190 mm

1007086.wmf

1 Overspeed governor extension rope


Drawing number: 772277G05

1033403.wmf

1 set Machine transporting wheels 1 Elastic grip


Drawing number: 715802 L=1m

1031365.wmf

1007090.wmf

1 Site trolley 1 Overspeed governor hanger kit


Drawing number: 589519 including:
– OSG hanger assembly
– Pulley bracket assembly
– Climbing rope
Drawing number 823588G01

1078301.wmf

1010244.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 32 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Other installation tools


Pcs. Tool Pcs. Tool
1 Battery tool 2 Transportation tool (used with
Cable (Drawing number: 859326) and transportation wheels and axle)
9V battery (supplied locally) Drawing number: 854900D01

Used with construction-time power


supply.

4x

1078366.wmf
M8x50
1039959-1.wmf

1 Rope clamp 2 Hilti PMP34 / PMP45 point laser


Drawing number: KM839679G01

1078890.wmf
1060910.wmf

2 Target plate 1 Carpenters ruler


+30

+20

+10

+10

+20

+30

HILTI
PMP 34

1 Laser alignment tool 1 Work stool


Drawing number: 1349459D01 Drawing number: 265173

1073236.wmf

laserpl2.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 33 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Other installation tools


Pcs. Tool Pcs. Tool
2 Levelling plate 1 Guide rail transportation tool
Drawing number: KM971149G01

1048308.wmf

1060909.wmf

1 Rope socket 6-8 1 Electrostatic discharge (ESD) kit


Drawing number: KM971423G01 Needed to protect the components from
damage if any PC boards are replaced.
(KM857505)

1060911.wmf

1072347.wmf

2 Installation jig 1 Telescopic ramps


Drawing number: KM756128 Drawing number: KM966635
Included in AMD door delivery

1073260.wmf

1077935.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 34 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3.2.1 Hand tools (recommended)

Tool Tool
Carpenter’s pencil Lockable tool box for the normal hand tools
Tape measure, L 3.0 m Carpenter’s ruler
Multimeter, protected against high voltage Plastic tuning screw driver
Hammer drilling machine, with dust collector Adjustable spanner, L 200 - (250) mm
Cordless drilling machine; with adjustable torque Drill bits:
for car and landing doors and car installation. 6 mm (light fitting, pit stop switches)
One extra accumulator (battery), bit cassette 8 mm (trunking)
including Phillips head and flat heads in different 10 mm (pit ladder, travelling cable wall fixing)
sizes, drill bit cassette (sizes 1.5 - 10 mm). 12 mm L (150) (Hilti, for cutting through
Phillips head bit 150 - 200 mm. reinforcing bars)
Tool for concrete inserts Crow bar, L 500- 700 mm
Spanners: Screwdrivers:
U end and ring end. Flat headed 5 mm L 200 mm.
Sizes 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 mm. Electrical, isolated 2.5-3 mm head L150-200mm
Min. thickness for 16 - 19 mm spanners is 5 mm. Phillips head: Standard size L 200 mm.
Ratchet 1/2" drive Ratchet 1/4" drive small model
Extension L 200 mm 1/2" Extension 1/4", L 40 - 150 mm
Sockets (deep) 1/2", 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19 mm Sockets 1/4" drive, 10, 11, 12, 13 mm
Carpenter’s hammer, 6 Oz. rubber handle, Sledge hammer, 1000 gram
“shock absorbent” Hammer side flat, end drop forged
Vice grip/polie grip: L 150 mm and L 250 mm Magnetic spirit levels, lengths 700 and 1500 mm
Engineers squares: Rivet pliers, replaceable head to cover the
300 x 150 - 200 mm and 750 x 350 mm different rivet sizes
Side cutter, isolated handles (L 170 mm) Long nose pliers, medium model (L 170 mm)
File for guide rail joints, normal model Rope cutting pliers, 8 mm
Knife Hacksaw, standard model
Disc cutter, disc > 125 mm 4 pcs plumbing weights, max. 10 kg/each
Engineers square, adjustable block width 30 mm (diameter max. 40 mm, length max. 300 mm)
Pulling rope to pull the man riding hoist rope Sheet metal cutters, professional quality
(plastic, 70 m, Ø6...8 mm) for 0.6...1.5 mm steel sheet
Allen keys, set 3 - 12 mm 2 vacuum handles, capacity 40 - 80 kg
2 G-clamps

1007097.wmf

1010245.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 35 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

4 OFFLOADING AND DISTRIBUTION

CAUTION: For personal safety and to prevent any damage to the components:
– Keep the working areas clear and unobstructed.
– Never go under any suspended load.
– Use correct manual lifting techniques.
– Wear gloves to protect your hands.
– Always wear a helmet.
– Wear safety harness and fix it to an approved fixing point while working in areas
where there is risk of injury from falling.
– Wear goggles and dust masks as necessary.
– Use hearing protection as necessary.
– When using the telescopic ramps ensure they are parallel and cannot slip off
leading edge.

Introduce yourself to the person responsible for the site. Familiarise yourself with the site
facilities, the local rules, safety requirements and site management procedures.

4.1 Offloading and distributing materials

NOTE: The 150 kg (300 kg / pair) maximum WLL (working load limit) marking of the
telescopic ramps is based on single axle trolley usage. On specific tested method steps,
where a twin axle assembly is used (such as machine transport), the load is more evenly
distributed across the ramps. In such cases the WLL is increased to 380 kg / pair of ramps.
Always follow the designated method description.

WLL 300 kg / pair of ramps WLL 380 kg / pair of ramps

1078918.wmf 1078916.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 36 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Fix the transportation wheels to machine package while unloading.


2. Use wooden blocks to tilt machine box when removing the wheels.

1060912.wmf 1060914.wmf

Offload the material to the destinated storage area. Arrange the materials to ensure easy
access to each component in the installation order.

NOTE: Car floor is at the oppposite side of the packing list.


NOTE: A number at top of each crate indicates the installation order.

Place the machine box so that the side with the holes is downwards.
When offloading the machine from the vehicle, put it into vertical position and use a forklift to
place machine onto the axle and wheels. Push the machine into the storage area. Remove
the axle and wheels and leave the crate in upright position on two pieces of wood.
The female end of the guide rail bundle is marked with tape. Locate the bundle so that the
male side faces the elevator shaft. Handle the bundle carefully so as not to damage ends. Put
the guide rail bundle on a higher stable working level to achieve a good working height
of 1.0 m.
It is important that the tools and materials are positioned according to the installation order to
achieve and maintain a controlled installation environment throughout the installation.
Do not open the packages until you are ready to install the equipment.
Check against the material documentation that the delivery is complete.
Position the tools and materials to correct levels before the installation starts.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 37 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
Mono3 - Unloading order

Compiled by: Information Product Author / Ville Malmiala


Checked by: Global Installation Support /
Solution Manager, Global Packing / Konsti Ville

All rights reserved.


Approved by: Global Installation Support / Anssi Venho
Installation Instruction

Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation


KONE MonoSpace® 3.0

38 (340)
DRAFT
1079322.pdf
xxxxxxxx
(Draft -) 2012-05-24
Copyright © 2012 KONE Corporation
All rights reserved.

(Draft A) 2012-08-28
AM-01.01.250
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Package group Group header Package label Package label text


100 Installation 110 Installation requisites
requisites 120 Overspeed governor
200 Guide rails and shaft 210 Guide rails
beams 220 Guide rail fixings
230 Shaft beams
300 Doors 311 Frame / Fronts
312 Door panels
330 Door operator
331 Railing
400 Machine room 410 Machine
420 Ropes
430 Shaft electrification panel
500 Shaft and machine 510 Shaft equipment
room 440 / 540 Wiring
600 Car 610 Car
700 Car sling and frame 710 Car sling
720 Counterweight frame
730 Filler weights
A Topmost landing
– Long tool box
– Hand tools
– Man riding hoist top pulley
– Elevator shaft lighting (if applicable) A
– Overspeed governor and rope
– Parking plate
– Rope suspension, counterweight side

B Entrance level / Storage area


– Smaller tool box
– Man riding hoist, ASGT
– Working stool
– Counterweight guide alignment tools
– Guide rails and brackets
– Counterweight, filler weights
– Car sling, car
– Machine
– Car door and landing doors
– SEP, MAP, drive panel, COP
B
– Elevator shaft electrification
– Pit ladder
– Ropes
– Wiring material
1007099.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 39 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

4.2 Offloading and transporting landing doors

1. Keep the area on the side of the crate with the identification label “OPEN THIS SIDE”
unobstructed.
2. Always transport parts of door one at a time.
3. The top tracks will be stored in the shaft mechanics box.
4. Open the narrow side of the card board box marked “Open this side” by cutting the vertical
edges of the side. This is to gain access to the door panels.
5. Remove the top wooden support to access to the sills.
6. When extracting the door panels, do not break the two wooden rings around them. Slide
the door panels out the opening.
7. When the panels are stored into the car or at the landing, ensure that the guide shoes are
facing up in order to not damage them.

a31294e4.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 40 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5 INSTALLING MAN RIDING HOIST AND OVERSPEED GOVERNOR

Quality Requirements:

Man riding hoist and accessories


– inspected and certified (inspection period validity to
meet local code)
– ONLY TRAINED PERSONS TO USE THE HOIST!
– lifting hook in shaft tested

Car overspeed governor


– installed to temporary position
– check data label to ensure correct type and tripping
speed
– ensure correct tripping direction
– ensure the rope is on the small pulley

1075605.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
N/A
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
NOTE: Man riding hoist test bracket, overspeed governor hanger,
Check carefully that the OSG rope is correctly on the telescopic pole, site trolley, man riding hoist + rope +
groove and UNDERNEATH the internal rope guard! accessories + hoist test plate (fuse plate)
Hand tools needed:
Pencil, tape measure, hammer drill, hammer,
2 x spanner (19 mm), pulling rope

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
QD 1 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 41 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.1 Man riding hoist parts

NOTE: The man riding hoist type described in this instruction is Tirak X750.

Pos. Item Greifzug component no.


1 Diverter pulley including the safety rope 33009
2 Electric hoist
3 Tension weight 57497
4 Manual rope reeler for maximum 60 m rope. 30158
Minimum rope length = 2 x elevator shaft height.
5 Safety pin no. 2. 6 mm 12056
6 Electric supply extension cable for main power 16537
supply, 45 m, 5 x 1.5 mm2
7 Pendant controller
8 Extension cable for the pendant control
9 Car adapter for the hoist 53877
10 Car adapter for the hook 53887
11 Adapter axle 72415
12 Split pin 6.3 x 40 63496
13 Diverter pulley Ø160 mm 53997
14.1 Safety pin 5 x 32 mm for diverting pulley 63656
14.2 Safety pin no. 2. 6 mm 12056
15 Tension weight pulley Ø130 mm 20205
16 Tension spring (guide for rope) 8363

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 42 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

14.1

7.
1. 13.

8.
6.
2.

5.
9.

16. 12.

3.
15. 11.
4.
11.
10.
14.2.

P17000140.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 43 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.2 Work positioning equipment or restraint system

Work positioning or restraint systems are systems of personal protection designed to secure
the user in a safe position where it is not possible to fall. The restraint may also be used as an
additional measure to prevent fall when working close to or leaning over the basic entrance
protection, for example, when installing components at the top of an elevator shaft. The area
around the fall hazard must be segregated to prevent risks to others.

Work positioning system


CAUTION: Work positioning or restraint
systems must not be used to arrest a fall.

Typical equipment includes:


– Body belt.
Note: A full body harness is sometimes used
but is less suitable for low level anchor
point.
• Adjustable lanyard (without shock
absorber). Keep the lanyard as short as
possible and take extreme care that the
lanyard cannot be damaged by sharp
edges.
• Suitable fixing point. The anchorage
1072131.wmf
point strength requirements vary, but they
must be capable of supporting around
double the maximum pull force of a
person and be in accordance with local
regulations.

KONE methods do not support the use of work positioning or restraint systems as primary fall
prevention systems. This system is suitable as additional protection to the primary protection
or where there is a limited risk of injury. They are only to be used where no other better
solution is possible, subject to specific risk assessment. (for example, existing elevator with
no car top balustrade).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 44 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.3 Safety checks

Make the following safety checks.

Item Requirement Risk


Lifting equipment and Must be load marked, tested Falling loads.
suspension eyes. and in good condition
according to local
requirements.
Hoist and lifting equipment. Must be tested according to
local requirements.
Plugs and cables. Must be in good condition. Electric shock.
Emergency stop button and Must prevent movement of Uncontrolled movement of
limit switches (if applicable). hoist when contacts are hoist/car.
open.
Safety harnesses and Must be inspected and in Falling.
ropes. good condition. When used,
they must always be
securely attached to
approved fixing points.

5.4 Transporting

1. Use site trolley to transport the man riding hoist.

SMW06.wmf

1060916.wmf

1060917.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 45 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.5 Routing the man riding hoist rope and cable

WARNING: When there is a risk of falling wear a tethering system when working at
unguarded landing entrances. Always install the hoist from the lowest landing level.
For more information, see AM-01.03.001.

1. Lower the power supply cable from the topmost landing to the pit. Connect to hoist. Check
the operation of the hoist safety functions.
2. Drive out the hoist rope and pull it to the top floor using the lifting rope.
1 = rope entry, 2 = rope exit
If the hoist motor does not run, reverse two phases in the plug by rotating the phase
changer* in the plug housing
3. Pull the hoist rope to the topmost landing. Allow 8 metres of slack to reach the elevator
shaft ceiling. Loop the hoisting rope through the pulley.

1072131.wmf

1
*
2 P17000199.wmf P17000107.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 46 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.6 Installing overspeed governor hanger

WARNING: Check the correct orientation for the overspeed governor. The rope guard
must face the shaft wall.

NOTE: The counterweight overspeed governor (if any) must have higher tripping speed
than the car overspeed governor.

1. Route the pulling rope through the hanger. Tighten the lower hook to maintain in correct
position. *) Make a loop at the rope end to enable pulling the rope back to the landing.
2. Lift the hanger to the lifting eye.
~4 m

~4 m

1079201.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 47 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3. Pass the rope over the small groove of the OSG. Check the tripping direction.
4. Secure rope ends together and lower to the pit. Check that ropes do not get entangled.
5. Pull the overspeed governor to hanger. The rope guard must face the wall.
6. Remove the pulling rope. It is needed for car floor installation.

1078306.wmf

5.7 Fixing the man riding hoist rope

1. Attach the securing rope of the hoist diverting pulley to machine lifting eye. Use telescopic
pole and adaptor bracket. Strengthen adaptor bracket:
1 = M6 flange nuts from car bolt delivery, 2 = M6 x 40 bolt, provided locally.
2. Fit hoist rope over the diverting pulley. Attach the pulley to the hoist suspension eye.

1 2

1078319.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 48 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.8 Lowering the man riding hoist hook to the pit

1. Drive out the hoist rope and lower the hook to the pit.
2. Clip the hoist hook over the suspension bar on the hoist.
3. Fit the car parking chain (capacity 1500 kg) to the underside of the hoist and drive the
hoist into the elevator shaft

1009514.wmf

P17000146.wmf

5.9 Pit ladder

1. When using the ladder, ensure the suitable angle between the ladder and the pit floor.
2. Secure the ladder to the wall using a CWT guide rail bracket and large cable tie. Install the
bracket while entrance protection is fitted.
3. Fix the pit ladder wall fixing bracket to the machine side wall.
4. Fix the securing strap is to the wall to prevent unwanted removal of the ladder.
1m
PH

PH
/3
1078313.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 49 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5.10 Testing the hoist equipment

If the lifting eye or suspension element for the man riding hoist diverter pulley has not been
tested and certified, perform and record the test. The test ensures that the hoist equipment
will take the maximum load hoisted during the installation.

WARNING: No one is allowed to be in the elevator shaft during this test.

WARNING: The hoist can be used for material transportation after test. Do not use the
hoist for man riding.

1. Install the hoist test bracket on the side wall of the elevator shaft.
2. Attach the dynamometer or test plate (breaking strength 2000 kg, supplied locally)
between the hoist and the hoist test bracket. Shorten the parking chain to 300 mm.
3. Drive the hoist slowly upwards until the hoist ropes are almost under tension. Take up the
tension smoothly. Sudden loadings may damage the equipment.
4. Run continuously until the load limit of the hoist is reached or the test plate breaks. Motor
power supply is automatically disconnected. Drive the hoist downwards to reset it.
5. Write your name and test date on the test plate and store it. Fix it to the tested lifting point
after guide rail installation.

1010613.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 50 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

6 PLUMBING

Quality Requirements:

– plumbing table is completed


– dimensions in the pit are similar to those in layout
drawings
– lasers are positioned on the pit floor according to the
plumbing table
– laser tools are calibrated, clean and batteries checked

1075617.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE

5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
Pit ladder, lasers

Hand tools needed:


Tape measure, pencil, spirit level

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
QD 2 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 51 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

6.1 Elevator shaft plumbing

1. Place laser tools on the pit floor to the LL dimension. Check the accuracy of the laser
beams by measuring dimension LL at second landing. See layout drawings.
2. Measure dimensions at each landing and fill in the plumbing table. For nominal
dimensions see layout drawings. Store plumbing table with other elevator documentation.
3. Mark the landing door centre line (A) below the lowest landing
LL

A1 LL A2

(A)
1048316.wmf 1051761.wmf

6.2 Plumbing table

A5 A6
x1 x1
A3

A4

x2 A1 LL A2
x2

1051760.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 52 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Elevator number: Measured by: Date:

Position Measured (mm)


SH (headroom height)
H (travel height)
PH (pit depth)
WW (elevator shaft width)
WD (elevator shaft depth)
x1 (vertical straightness of pit wall)
x2 (vertical straightness of pit wall)

A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 LL
Nominal
dimension
Level
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 53 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION IN THE PIT

Quality Requirements:

Pit ladder
– installed correctly (ensure that length meets local code)
Guide rail brackets (first 2 rounds)
– installed according to the layout drawings
– level in all planes
Guide rails
– clean, not rusty
– checked for straightness
– installed correct way up
– installed according to the layout drawings
– vertically aligned, parallel to each other, maximum DBG
deviation of -0 mm, +1 mm
– edge trim fitted to car guide clips of lowest bracket
– all remaining guide rails placed in pit (if enough space)
Buffers (car and counterweight)
– installed according to the layout drawings
– installed level to each other (if dual buffers)
– oil level checked (if oil buffers)
Counterweight frame
– CWT shoes aligned and not twisted

Dividing beams (optional)


1075519.wmf

Overspeed governor tension weight


– installed to correct height, minimum distance from
bottom of weight to pit floor is 120 mm
– adjusted to ensure the slack rope switch operates
!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT
STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed guide rails causes:
– ride comfort issues (noise / vibration)
– drive faults / failures
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– levelling accuracy problems Method tools needed:
– premature shoe liner wear (car / counterweight) Man riding hoist + accessories, guide rail transportation tools,
guide rail lifting clamp, Hilti RA laser kit, guide rail alignment
Incorrectly adjusted counterweight shoes causes: and DBG tools, machine transport wheel + axle sets, work
– ride comfort issues (noise / vibration) stool, timber pieces
– drive faults / failures Hand tools needed:
– premature shoe liner wear G-clamp, hammer drill, hammer, ratchet + sockets (18,
19 mm), spanner (13, 15, 18, 19 mm), small crowbar or
Incorrectly adjusted OSG tension weight causes: podger spanner (19 mm), tape measure, pencil, spirit level
– safety circuit break due to rope stretch 5S Installation Progress Report
– noise / vibration from rope rubbing guard
Lift pit equipment installed, Counterweight installed,
Guide rails installed = 25%
QD-181.211
QD 3 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 54 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.1 Guide rail preparing

WARNING: The guide rail bundle may fall down when metal straps are opened. Open the
middle strap first and then the outer straps.

WARNING: Remove the rust protection from the guide rails, otherwise the safety gear will
not operate correctly.

NOTE: Before drilling in the pit area, check any water proofing that may be affected and
limitations to drilling depths.

Guide rail principle:

4 3
Travelling height > 3.5 m: Travelling height  3.5 m:
3 1. First guide rails (L = 5 m) 1. First guide rails (L = 2.5 m)
2
2. Intermediate guide rails (L = 5 m) 2. Intermediate guide rails
2 3. Second topmost guide rails (L = depends on the shaft height)
1
(L = depends on the shaft height) 3. Topmost guide rails (L = 2.5 m)
1078541.wmf
1 4. Topmost guide rails (L = 2.5 m)

1078540.wmf

NOTE: Identify the topmost guide


rail on the machine side according
to the machine fixing holes.

1078546.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 55 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Use guide rail transportation tool to transport the car guide rails (T70-T89).
2. Clean the guide rails and fish plates thoroughly. Fix the fish plates and jointing pieces.
3. Check the guide rail straightness. Use a string or a plumb wire.
4. Adjust the DBG at the alignment tool*. Set the counterweight guide rail positioning tool**
to the correct length. Refer to the layout drawings.

max 5mm

max 5mm

max 2.5mm max 2.5mm

**

1078394.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 56 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.2 Installing dividing beams (optional)

1. Install the first two dividing beams before car installation. Align using the lasers. See
layout drawings.
2. Install the rest of the dividing beams after car installation. Align using the lasers and car
top balustrade uprights.

1 2

1010422.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 57 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.3 Guide rail brackets

Combination / car single bracket CWT single bracket Car single bracket (25<L<85)
A = 170 mm A = 205 mm

* *
**
1079043.wmf
1079037.wmf
***
1079046.wmf

187  L < 375 97  L < 306 *) 25  L < 45


*) if 290  L < 375 **) 45  L < 65
***) 65  L < 85
Extension (for combination / car Extension (for CWT single Car single bracket (85<L<245)
single bracket) bracket) A = 270 mm
A = 440 mm

23
0 ***
0
23
*
** **
5 ****
11
5
11
* 1079042.wmf
* 1079044.wmf
** 1079047.wmf

*) if 375  L < 490 *) if 306  L < 421 *) 85  L < 125


**) if 490  L < 655 **) if 421  L < 530 **) 125  L < 165
***) 165  L < 205
****) 205  L < 245

Two topmost combination and


CWT single brackets have
isolated clips.

*) topmost CWT single bracket *


for steel shaft

1079050.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 58 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.4 Installing first guide rails

WARNING: When using hoist in 2:1 mode, do not stand directly under the load.

CAUTION:

Counterweight filler weight may hit the combination bracket


fixing bolts.

Minimize the length of the threaded studs if the


combination bracket is adjusted close to minimum.

1080264.wmf

NOTE: Dimension A, see previous page. Dimension X, see table below.

CWT guide rail X (mm) X (mm)


CWT bracket CWT bracket with extension
HT60 (DBG + 152) - A / 2 - 19.5 (DBG + 152) - A / 2 - 80
T70 (DBG + 182) - A / 2 - 19.5 (DBG + 182) - A / 2 - 80

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 59 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Place lasers as close to the side walls as possible, to the centre of the guide rail line.
2. Measure, mark out and drill the guide rail bracket fixing holes. See layout drawings.
3. Fix the guide rail brackets. *Leave minimum 32 mm threaded studs on single side
counterweight bracket fixing bolts to enable the counterweight frame installation.

*
*

min 32
X A/2
A
* X
A
A/2
A
A

1075556.wmf

4. Fix the car guide rails. Fit edge trims (delivered in guide rail bracket blister) at the lowest
car guide rail brackets (to prevent guide rail lifting during preliminary safety gear check).
Do not fit edge trims to any other than lowest car guide rail clips.

1075560.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 60 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5. Position the laser level plates. Measure distances A, B, C, D and E. See layout drawings.
6. Tap the pointed screws lightly with a hammer so that they dig into the concrete.
7. Place the lasers on top of the plates and turn them ON. Level the plate observing that the
laser beam point is centred in the lens.
8. Adjust the guide rails (laser beams in the centre of the targets).
9. Check DBG and parallelism. Maximum deviation in DBG is -0 mm, +1 mm.

234

31
E

E
=

=
D

C(31+DBG+31)
A

1077355.wmf

10.Fix and align the first counterweight guide rails.

1077481.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 61 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.5 Installing and aligning the first length of car guide rails (TH  3500)

1. Temporarily fix the counterweight guide rail bracket to the side wall. Secure the first car
guide rail against the bracket.
2. Lift the intermediate guide rail using man riding hoist and join the guide rails (working from
the landing). Align and finalise the guide rail joint.
3. Install and align the guide rails.

1040042.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 62 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.6 Installing counterweight buffer, OSG tension weight and OSG rope

1. Install polyurethane buffer to the combination bracket side guide rail. Fix the striker plate.
Drill the fixing holes for the oil buffer. Store the buffer to the pit.
2. Place timber pieces (located in sling package) beside the buffer.
3. Hoist the remaining guide rails onto the front side of the elevator shaft.
Store some of the guide rails to the second floor if the space is insufficient in the pit.

80

1078795.wmf

4. Install and adjust the overspeed governor tension weight. Check that the slack rope switch
(*) triggers in lower position.

150

1077698.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 63 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5. Connect the overspeed governor rope to the anchorage. Use extension rope to be able to
adjust rope length later from the car roof.
*) Use BG-M6 type iron grips. Refer to KM181743.

1080212.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 64 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.7 Installing counterweight frame (without safety gear, primary method)

NOTE: Use this method if distance from shaft rear wall to counterweight guide rail bracket
is minimum 40 mm AND bracket wall fixing bolts have minimum 32 mm threaded studs.
Otherwise use the alternative method described in next chapter.
NOTE: Do not install the buffer spacer yet. It will be installed during the roping.

1. Use long bolts (M8x50) to fix the transport wheels.


2. Mark the single side guide rail bracket position to the wall. Loosen the brackets.
3. Hoist the frame onto the timber pieces (or oil buffer). The car side of the counterweight
frame is marked with yellow sticker.
4. Secure the frame to the guide rail.
5. Align the guide rail back to the wall markings and tighten.
6. Mark lowest combination bracket height to an upright (for initial loading of counterweight).

1
min 40

M8x50
min 32

3
2.1
3. 4

2.

1.
6

2.2 1078362.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 65 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.8 Installing counterweight frame (without safety gear, alternative method)

NOTE: Do not install the buffer spacer yet. It will be installed during the roping.

1. Use long bolts (M8x50) to fix the transport wheels.


2. Remove an upright.
3. Hoist the frame onto the timber pieces (or oil buffer). The car side of the counterweight
frame is marked with yellow sticker.
4. Secure the frame to the guide rail.
5. Install the upright. Do not fix the upper front bolts (the front plate will be removed for
roping). Store the bolts on top of the combination guide rail bracket.
6. Mark lowest combination bracket height to an upright (for initial loading of counterweight).

4
3
2

5
6

1077176.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 66 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.9 Installing counterweight frame with safety gear

NOTE: Use this method if distance from shaft rear wall to counterweight guide rail bracket
is minimum 40 mm AND bracket wall fixing bolts have minimum 32 mm threaded studs.
Otherwise use the alternative method (described in previous chapter) for counterweight
frame lifting.
NOTE: Do not install the buffer spacer yet. It will be installed during the roping.

1. Use long bolts (M8x50) to fix the transport wheels.


2. Mark the single side guide rail bracket position to the wall. Loosen the brackets.
3. Hoist the counterweight safety gear onto the timber pieces (or oil buffer).

min 40

min 32

M8x50

1079441.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 67 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

4. Hoist the counterweight frame onto the safety gear. The car side of the counterweight
frame is marked.
5. Secure the frame to the guide rail.
6. Fix the counterweight frame to the safety gear.
7. Align the guide rail back to the wall markings and tighten.
8. Align the safety gear. Shim the guide shoes to achieve 1 mm clearance on both sides.
9. Adjust the safety gear. For more information see component level instruction.
10.Mark lowest combination bracket height to an upright (for initial loading of counterweight).

4
3. 6

2.

1. 5

8 x x

10
y
y

1079443.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 68 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7.10 Installing car buffers

1. Install the car buffers. Align and adjust the height. See layout drawings

4x
M12x40

4x
M12x110

1078398.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 69 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8 CAR INSTALLATION

Quality Requirements:

HANDLE MATERIALS CAREFULLY TO AVOID


DAMAGE!

Car sling
– installed and aligned
– safety gears adjusted and connected to overspeed
governor rope
Car
– platform installed level to sling beam
– car walls installed in correct position (D1, D2 etc.)
– rear and side walls aligned with platform (top edges
level to each other)
– all panel gaps even
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.
– car roof and roof stiffener installed
– car top balustrade and kick plate installed
– inspect for any sharp edges

Counterweight frame
– initially loaded (pay attention to the special filler weight
location!) 1077033.wmf
Counterweight screen
– temporary installed to shaft wall
Automatic Safety Gear Trigger rope
– connected to safety gear linkage

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed car sling and car causes:
– misalignment of other components (walls, roof, doors)
which affects visual appearance and causes noise /
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
vibration Method tools needed:
Man riding hoist + accessories, work stool, site trolley, OSG
Incorrectly adjusted car shoes causes: extension rope, rope clamp, ASGT rope
– ride comfort problems (noise / vibration) Hand tools needed:
– drive faults / failures
Tape measure, spanner (10, 17 mm), 2 x spanner (13,
– premature shoe liner wear
19 mm), ratchet + sockets (10, 13, 17, 19 mm),
Incorrectly adjusted safety gear causes: 2 x G-clamps, large size square, long nose pliers, insulating
– noise / vibration tape, vacuum lifting handles, allen key (6 mm), battery drill /
– damage to guide rails causing noise / vibration driver 8
– premature wear of safety gear components
5S Installation Progress Report
– premature shoe liner wear
N/A
QD-181.211
QD 4 commenced

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 70 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.1 Installing uprights

NOTE: Before installing uprights with SLG20 guide shoes:


* Ensure the shoe liner (A) is not protruding beyond the edge of housing (B) by more than
0.5 mm.

B
B A

*
*

1080149.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 71 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

G-clamps

NOTE: If car has a COP with back box, check that the car floor diagonal bracket in
corresponding location is installed the other way round*.

1. Check the car buffer alignment. Shim as necessary.


2. Hoist the uprights on top of the buffers and secure to the guide rails with cable ties.
Machine side upright is marked.
3. Install the safety gear levers and OSG rope anchorage. Use cable tie to secure the
assembly from bending until it is connected to synchronisation bar.

1 2.3

2.2

3
2.1

1075481.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 72 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.2 Installing bottom beam

WARNING: Use this method only when unloading the beam from the pallet.
Do not let the pulleys hit the ground.

NOTE: Check that the bottom beam is installed the right way.
Machine side of the beam is marked.

1. Secure the site trolley to pallet.


2. Use a piece of wood under the bottom beam to rotate the beam end to site trolley.

1079144.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 73 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3. Transport the beam close to the shaft entrance. Non-machine end will enter the shaft first.
4. Attach the adjustable chain so that the chain at the machine end of the beam is 150 mm
longer. *) Machine side of the beam is marked.

>X X
*

1078446.wmf

5. Hoist the bottom beam between the uprights. Fit one fixing bolt on the machine side
before lowering the other end of the beam.
6. Push the upright against the guide rail with G-clamp. Fix the bottom beam. Check the
alignment. Check that the uprights are parallel to each other.
7. Tighten the car floor diagonal supports roughly to final position.

6
8

The steps don't match the picture = 1075482.wmf

numbers here!

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 74 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8. If the rear side pulley interferes with plumbing laser beam, lower the pulley down.
Fix the pulley to final position after guide rail installation.

1076218.pdf

1076223.pdf
1080286.wmf

9. Adjust the gap between the sliding side of the safety gear and guide rail to 3 mm.
Use the keeper plate of the single guide rail bracket as a gauge.
10.Route the OSG rope round the tension weight pulley. Secure the rope end to the guide rail
bracket.

3
3

1077741.wmf

11.Store the following items in the pit to be installed later:


• travelling cable hanger
• compensation chain hanger (if applicable)
• bolts to fix the platform to the bottom beam (M12, 4 pcs)
Please show and
state that these DRAFT
'Stopper bolts' are
factory set and ©2012
Copyright do KONE Corporation 75 (340) AM-01.01.250
not need to bereserved.
All rights site (Draft A) 2012-08-28
adjusted
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.3 Installing car floor

WARNING: Do not remove the lifting equipment or step onto the floor before securing the
floor to the sling.

1. Install the transport wheels to the car floor while unpacking.


2. Transport the car floor close to the shaft entrance.

1076951.wmf

3. Fix brackets to the centre of front and rear edges of the floor.
4. Fit upper fixing bolts to the car floor. The bolts guide the floor to the correct position.
5. Fix and route a pull rope to control the floor movement.

4 5
3

1078511.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 76 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

6. Hoist the car floor to the shaft. Lower it onto the bottom beam.

pre-installed 1076950.wmf

7. Fix the diagonal supports hand tight, front ones first.


7.1 *In cases with COP back box, the diagonal bracket is installed the other way round. It may
interfere with plumbing laser. Leave the diagonal to hang beside the upright (tighten
slightly). Fix after the guide rail installation.
8. Secure the floor to the uprights hand tight. Bold print
9. Check the alignment. Adjust from diagonal support top fixings. Finally tighten all the bolts.
10. Connect the safety gear levers to the synchronisation bar.

9 8

9
*
7.1

10

1075485.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 77 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.4 Connecting ASGT rope to safety gear linkage

1. Connect the automatic safety gear trigger rope to the safety gear linkage on machine side.
Secure the rope so that you have access to it later from the car roof.
2. Slide the upright securing cable ties up just below the top beam fixing holes.

1078530.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 78 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.5 Initial loading of counterweight

WARNING: Do not install all the filler weights at this stage.

1. Lift the counterweight frame up using hoist so that bottom of the frame is at the car floor
height during loading. Use 2 x 0.5 m chain and shortenable chain for lifting.
2. Install all the non-painted filler weights to the counterweight frame:
• place the bottom filler inside the counterweight bottom beam
• place one thin metal filler to the bottom the correct way up
*) slot towards the car at the combination bracket side
• place two thin metal fillers to the marked height (lowest combination bracket height)
• all the steel filler weights except one must be below the concrete filler weights
• secure the fillers with the clamps
3. Store remaining filler weights on landing so that they can not tilt and fall down.
4. Secure the counterweight pulley. Remove the counterweight front plate (for roping).
5. Install the counterweight screen temporarily to the side or rear wall. The screen is used to
guide the man riding hoist rope tension weight. Update fixing
method (See RB or
1 5 Antti)
Fix at bottom also

3 1077144.wmf

Sorry Mari, but can you change this to look more like the tool Decision still required by
DRAFT
is lying on top of the 2nd topmost weight? The purpose here Installation what to do in
is that the tool acts as a prevention to the fingers being tightest shafts, screen
crushed because
Copyright ©2012it's a physical
KONE object thicker than
Corporation fingers.
79 (340) affects lasers! AM-01.01.250
ThisAll
picture
rights here suggests to lever the filler weights
reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.6 Installing car walls (option 1, first customer pilots in Europe)

1. Do not damage the wall panel fixing hooks. Transport the panels with hooks facing
upwards. If panel with hooks at both edges, use pieces of wood under the panel.
2. Check that each wall panel has a bolt at the centre hole of the top edge (not at the top
beam area).
3. Check that the balustrade brackets are aligned and fixed. Note the fixing holes:
A = use lower fixing holes if car roof is 30 mm thick
B = use upper fixing holes if car roof is 16 mm thick
4. Lift the rear wall panel(s) to position.
5. Slide the rear panels of the side walls (D2, B1) to position.
6. Slide the front panels of the side walls (D1, B2) to position.

2 C2 C1
D2 B1

D1 B2
4 A
5

6
5
B
A
B
A
6

1075494_pilot.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 80 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.7 Installing car walls (option 2, after first customer pilots in Europe)

1. Check that each wall panel has a bolt at the centre hole of the top edge (not at the top
beam area).
2. Check that the balustrade brackets are aligned and fixed. Note the fixing holes:
A = use lower fixing holes if car roof is 30 mm thick
B = use upper fixing holes if car roof is 16 mm thick
3. Lift wall panel D1 to position. Secure it temporarily with a G-clamp and a timber piece.
4. Install the remaining wall panels in following order: D2, C2, C1, B1, B2.

C2 C1
D2 B1

D1 B2 1 2

A B
A
3 B
A

1075494.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 81 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Please draw the positioning tool also as option to this
Installation Instruction
area.
Reason is in case B1 wall does not lean to sling upright.

8.8 Installing car walls (option 3, through type car)

1. Do not damage the wall panel fixing hooks. Transport the panels with hooks facing
upwards. If panel with hooks at both edges, use pieces of wood under the panel.
2. Check that each wall panel has a bolt at the centre hole of the top edge (not at the top
beam area).
3. Check that the balustrade brackets are aligned and fixed. Note the fixing holes:
A = use lower fixing holes if car roof is 30 mm thick
B = use upper fixing holes if car roof is 16 mm thick
4. Lift wall panel D1 to position. Secure it temporarily with a G-clamp and a timber piece.
5. Lift and install the wall panel D2.
6. Install the B wall panels the same way.
7. Place the counterweight guide rail positioning tool over the bolts on top of the wall panels
to maintain walls in upright position. Remove the G-clamps and timber pieces.

4
2

7
B
A
B
A
C 5
4
D2 B1
6 3
D1 B2
A

1080004.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 82 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.9 Installing top beam

1. Install the top beam. The machine side of the beam is marked.
* The hinges (if any) must be located at the rear side.
2. Check that the top beam flange is flush with the top edge of the wall panels.

1075483.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 83 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.10 Installing car top balustrade and car roof

WARNING: Do not enter the car roof until the front stiffener is installed.

CAUTION: Use only short screws delivered with the car to install components on the
plywood.

1. Protect the wall panels from scratching with cardboard.


2. Install the rear side car top balustrade (height = 1100 mm during the installation).

Pre assembly of balustrade required


before installation
1078838.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 84 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction
Add this text:
Use a second
chain for the front
roof section.

3. Remove the blocking device temporarily.


4. Hoist the rear roof panel onto place working on the work stool at front side of the car.
Shorten the manual chain hoist to tilt the panel to correct angle when lowering it down.
Remove the adjustable chain at the rear edge of the roof panel later.
Plywood roof: Check that the roof panel is installed the right way up. The top beam fixing
nuts belong to the bottom side of the panel.
5. Hoist the man riding hoist rope reeler to the roof.
6. Install the side balustrades.

1.

2.

1075497.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 85 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

7. Fit the front roof panel onto place. Use cardboard to protect the front edge of the roof
panel against chain touching.
8. Fix the car roof panels, front stiffener, kick plates and car top balustrade supports.
9. Tighten all the balustrade fixings.

1079239.wmf

Information required for TTC cases.


What balustrade parts are sent and how to assemble.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 86 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

8.11 Tensioning overspeed governor rope

1. Lift the overspeed governor tension weight up using a rope clamp and a lift rope. Secure
to the balustrade.
2. Remove slack from the rope. Tight the iron grip to secure the rope.
Maximum distance* from the car roof to the topmost rope grip is 700 mm.
3. Secure the rope coil to the balustrade. Leave slack to enable the safety gear operation.
*

1078581.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 87 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

9 ATTACHING HOIST TO CAR

Quality Requirements:

Swivel balustrade
– installed at front of car (and rear if TTC)

Man riding hoist


– inspected and certified (inspection period validity to
meet local code)
– ONLY TRAINED PERSONS TO USE THE HOIST!

Automatic safety gear trigger


– installed, adjusted and tested together with the car
safety gear to ensure correct operation

TAKE 2
– full compliance with all aspects of TAKE 2

1077209.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE

5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
Man riding hoist + ASGT + accessories, swivel balustrade

Hand tools needed:


Spanner (10, 13, 18, 19 mm), 2 x spanner (24 mm)

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 88 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

9.1 Installing swivel balustrade

If through type car, two swivel balustrades are required.


The swivel balustrade:
– is used on the car roof during the elevator installation.
– is installed to the car top balustrade immediately after installing the car top balustrade.
– provides a physical barrier to protect the fitter from falling from the front side or rear side
(C doors) of the car while working on the car top with the swivel balustrade closed, before
the landing doors are installed.
– removes the need for using personal protective equipment such as fall restraint or fall
arrest systems on the car roof.
– prevents unauthorized persons to access the car roof during the installation.
– is removed from the balustrade after the elevator installation is completed.
– is installed at the 1100mm height and 550mm height.
– is an installation tool.
Access and egress to and from the car top must be done with the car top level with the
landing. The swivel balustrade must be aligned with the landing entrance protection opening.
No unprotected gap is permitted at the side of the car when the entrance protection is
opened. If the gap between the landing and car top platform is greater than 300 mm (or less if
required by local legislation) then additional fall preventive measures must be used.
When moving the car, the swivel balustrade must be locked in horizontal position. Balustrade
locks in closed position with a catch.
The swivel balustrade is designed to complement the existing car roof balustrade.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 89 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1079266.wmf

*) Turn the square tube so that the handle screw will remain under the pole to avoid
interference with the top most balustrade.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 90 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

9.2 Attaching hoist and automatic safety gear trigger

WARNING: The ASGT rope must be tight. Check that the safety gear arm has not moved.
No slack is permitted.

1. Attach the man riding hoist on the opposite side of the machine. The securing ring of the
hoist axle bar must be on the car top connection side.
2. Position the hoist rope tension weight to the CWT screen edge when car is on the buffer.
3. Drive the car upwards to fully compress the ASGT gas springs.
4. Fit the rope between the ASGT and safety gear arm. Adjust the rope tension.
5. Whenever the hoist rope is slack, secure the hoist to prevent it falling.

1077208.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 91 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

9.3 Testing ASGT

WARNING:
It is essential that the rust protection is removed from the rails. Otherwise, the safety gear
will not operate correctly.
Test the operation of the automatic safety gear trigger and safety gear each day before
commencing work from the car top.

1. Drive the car approximately 500 mm above the buffer. Open the latch release to engage
the safety gear. The safety gear must engage.
2. Drive the car downwards to ensure that the safety gear has engaged fully. Drive the car
downwards until the man riding hoist rope is slack.
3. Press the upper part of the ASGT down.
4. Ensure that the latch release has engaged to the pin. The automatic safety gear trigger
must be latched.
5. Drive the car upwards.
6. Check the safety gear marks on the guide rails. The marks should be at the same height
and of the same depth and length.
7. If the marks are not equal the safety gear must be adjusted.

1 2 3

1073383.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 92 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

9.4 Using ASGT

1. Open the latch release to engage the safety gear. The safety gear must engage.
2. Drive the car downwards to ensure that the safety gear has engaged. Drive the car
downwards until the man riding hoist rope is slack.
3. Press the upper part of the ASGT down.
4. Ensure that the latch release has engaged to the pin. The automatic safety gear trigger
must be latched.
5. Secure the car with the parking chain.
6. Detach the hoist hook from the safety gear trigger.
7. Perform the required operation.
8. Re-attach the hoist hook to the safety gear trigger.

2 3 4

6
8

1080219.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 93 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction
Please remove reference to ceiling installation from this point:
Reason is that if the ceiling is installed there is insufficient height in the car to transport
the door frames!

Move this to after


10 CAR INTERIOR INSTALLATION
section 14.2

Quality Requirements:

HANDLE MATERIALS CAREFULLY TO AVOID


DAMAGE!

Car ceiling
– installed ensuring all panels are aligned
– all panel gaps even
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.
– suspended ceiling safety ropes must be correctly
installed and secured
– ensure lighting cables etc. are routed to avoid visibility
and damage
– inspect for any sharp edges

Car accessories (hand rail, skirting, mirror...)


– installed to correct location
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.
– inspect for any sharp edges and de-burr if necessary

1077273.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed interior components causes:
– misalignment which affects visual appearance and
causes noise / vibration
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
N/A

Hand tools needed:


Allen keys, spanner (10, 13 mm), 2 x spanner (19 mm),
Phillips screwdriver, ratchet + socket (13 mm), knife, battery
drill / driver, vacuum handles
5S Installation Progress Report
Lift Car Built

QD-181.211
QD 4 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 94 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction
Information required how to install
these plates which we believe are
installed to the underside of the
car sling top beam.
See HERMES team
10.1 Installing ceiling

10.1.1 Unpacking

– Handle parts with care, avoid scratching the parts!


– Be sure not to lose any parts!
– After unpacking store parts indoors, if possible!
– Remove stainless steel protection tapes (before installation) on the areas where they
might disturb installation or will be visible after installation!

10.1.2 Installing ceiling side panels

1. Fix the ceiling side panels to the roof. For panel alternatives see APPENDIX H.
*) Fixing alternatives for different type of cars.

NOTE: Position the mark on the panel towards A-side.

*)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 95 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2. Fix the ceiling locks and ceiling hinge brackets to the side panels (if not pre-fixed at the
factory). Ensure that the fixing bolts are in the end of the slotted holes.

NOTE: Check that the distance between the ceiling hinge brackets match the distance
between the hinges in the ceiling. Ensure the lock levers are towards the side walls.

10.1.3 Installing security ropes

WARNING: Do not install the security ropes at this phase. To prevent tripping hazard and
to protect the release equipment from damage, install the security ropes after roping.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 96 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation
Move Instruction
this section to after section 14.2

10.1.4 Installing ceiling

1. Hang the ceiling and secure in position immediately using M6 bolts.

1077277.wmf

NOTE: Check that the distance between the ceiling lock brackets match the distance
between the locks in the side panels.

1077729.wmf

2. Route and connect the lighting cable.


– Ensure that the cable cannot be seen from inside the car after closing the ceiling.
– Ensure that the power is OFF. Do not connect or disconnect any connectors when the
power is ON.

Car light cable routing to be


shown.
See Ville for info :-)
.
Also, information required
about this piece which bolts to
underside of car sling top DRAFT
beam (used to route cables I.e.
77:N & 30 across
Copyright ©2012centre
KONE of car)
Corporation 97 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction
Please move all references to security ropes to after the roping phase

3. Connect the security wire to the ceiling.


*) The wire rope extension is required for one-panel ceiling only.

*)

1077482.wmf

4. Lift up and lock the ceiling. See chapter closing the ceiling.
5. Check that the emergency opening works:
– Open the locks by pulling two emergency opening wires in the car roof corners.

1077350.wmf

Move this...

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 98 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

– Pull the security wire in the centre to release the locking and gently lower the ceiling
down.

1077280.wmf

6. Close the ceiling. See chapter closing the ceiling.


7. Fix the spring pins.

1077483.wmf

.....and this......

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 99 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.1.5 Closing the ceiling

WARNING! Wear protective gloves when opening or closing the ceiling


panels. Panels may have sharp edges.

1. Turn the latch of ceiling locks into lock position (towards the hinge of the ceiling panel)
using a screw driver.

1074882.wmf

2. Fix safety rope to ceiling.

1079188.wmf

.....and this........

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 100 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3. Close the ceiling by pushing it upwards until you


hear click sound (the lock engages).

NOTE: Check that the ceiling is locked properly


by carefully pushing up and pulling down the
ceiling.
1074883.wmf
4. Multi-panel ceilings:
– Check that the ceiling panels align each other perfectly. If necessary re-open the ceiling
panels and adjust the ceiling hinges (and locks).

25
= (25-28)*
3

= (25-28)

25

?
?

25

1077281.wmf

*) With CL181 ceiling the dimension is approximately 40mm

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 101 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.1.6 Opening the ceiling

1. Insert a screw driver in the gap between the wall and ceiling. Turn the latch into open
position (towards front of the ceiling).

1074884.wmf

2. Push up the ceiling to release the lock.

1074885.wmf

3. Lower down the ceiling carefully.


– While lowering, ensure that the loose cable on top of ceiling is not tightened (to avoid
damaging the cable or ceiling).
– Remove the safety wire from quick fix.

1074886.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 102 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.1.7 Installing ceiling to plywood roof

NOTE: Note that the pictures are viewed from inside the car.

1. Loosen the pre-assembled hinge part screws slightly and slide the ceiling in position.
Tighten the hinge part screws.

1077351.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 103 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

3. Fix the end parts.


4. Fix the transformer and light element holders.
5. Route and connect the lighting cable.
– Ensure that the cable cannot be seen from inside the car after closing the ceiling.
– Ensure that the power is OFF. Do not connect or disconnect any connectors when the
power is ON.
6. Fix light elements, turn the ceiling in position and secure with screw (inside ceiling).

P Q R

1077351.wmf

Improved information required how to install fluorescent lighting (Please check with
HERMES team for information)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 104 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.2 Mirrors and handrails

10.2.1 Installing mirror

NOTE: Six fixings when mirror height is over 1500 mm, otherwise four.
NOTE: NEVER remove the tape film before the mirror is on the car wall.

1. Remove the car wall protective film from the mirror area.
2. Fix the conical fixing pieces (if not pre-assembled) to car wall pre-drilled holes with self
drilling screws.

1079114.wmf

3. Lift the mirror on to the fixing pieces.

1079115.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 105 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

4. Remove the film from tapes behind the mirror.

1079116.wmf

5. Push the mirror carefully against the wall so that tape sticks.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 106 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.2.2 Installing handrail

1. Remove the car wall protective film from the handrail leg area.
2. Screw the handrail fixing screws in position and tighten them.
3. Place the handrail onto the screws. Secure the handrail with retaining screws. Use a 3 mm
allen key.

1074889.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 107 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.3 Skirting

hermes17.wmf

1. Fix the fixing clips using self tapping screws or blind rivet (50 mm above finished floor line).
2. Place the skirting in position.
3. Ensure that the side skirting profiles are against the front walls.
4. Fix the corner pieces.

1077285.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 108 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.4 Installing seat

1. Remove the seat surface.


2. Fix the seat to the holes in the car wall using bolts.
3. Re-fix the seat surface.

1077286.wmf

1074894.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 109 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.5 Installing buffer rail

1. Screw the fixing pieces to the wall.


2. Hang the profile from the fixing pieces.
3. Fix the profile to the wall.
4. Push the buffer insert in its position.
5. Attach the end caps to the aluminium profile.

1077287.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 110 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

10.6 Installing tenant directory

1. Fix the tenant directory to the holes in the car wall using screws.

1077352.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 111 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

11 INSTALLING REST OF GUIDE RAILS AND BRACKETS

Quality Requirements:

Laser tools
– position checked for accuracy

Guide rail brackets


– level in all planes
– install ‘isolated’ car guide rail clips to 2 topmost guide
rail brackets

Guide rails
– adjusted to correct accuracy
– vertically aligned, parallel to each other, maximum DBG
deviation of -0 mm, +1 mm

Car top shoe adjustment


– ensure car shoe DBG gap is 1mm each shoe

NOTE: Topmost CWT guide rail on combination side is not


installed during this phase.

NOTE: Drive and SEP brackets must be


installed during the guide rail bracket
installation. 1076760.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed guide rails causes:
– ride comfort issues (noise / vibration)
– drive faults / failures
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– levelling accuracy problems Method tools needed:
– premature shoe liner wear (car / counterweight) Man riding hoist + ASGT + accessories, Hilti RA laser kit,
guide rail alignment and DBG tools, guide rail lifting pockets +
Incorrectly adjusted guide shoes causes: securing chains, guide rail lifting clamp
– ride comfort issues (noise / vibration) Hand tools needed:
Tape measure, pencil, hammer drill, hammer, spanner (15,
17, 18, 19 mm), ratchet + sockets (18, 19 mm), spirit level,
small crowbar or podger spanner
5S Installation Progress Report
Guide Rails Installed (Through to 100%)

QD-181.211
QD 5 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 112 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

11.1 Preparing for guide rail installation

NOTE: Lifting pockets are not needed if the travel is 12 m or less.

1. Install the lifting pockets and securing chains.


Drill holes to the car front stiffener for securing chain fixing.

Flush with
edge of
stiffener

1078645.wmf

2. Position the lasers to correct position using the target plates.


The target plate must be positioned to the same height as the thin metal fillers.

1077356.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 113 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

11.2 Installing third ring of guide rail brackets

Drilling dimensions

A B X A

1079274.wmf

A, see section 7.3 Guide rail brackets.


B, measure from lower guide rail bracket.
X, see table below.

CWT guide rail X (mm) X (mm)


CWT bracket CWT bracket with extension
HT60 (DBG + 152) - A / 2 - 19.5 (DBG + 152) - A / 2 - 80
T70 (DBG + 182) - A / 2 - 19.5 (DBG + 182) - A / 2 - 80

NOTE: Use oil collector to protect the car guide shoe from dust when drilling.

1080191.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 114 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Install the third ring of the guide rail brackets.


2. Align the guide rails.
3. Adjust the gap between car guide rails and car guide shoes to 1 mm. Shim as necessary.
Note that the guide shoe must be at the bracket height.

1mm 1mm

1076762.wmf

4. Move the laser plumbing tools up to the third bracket height. Use plumbing supports.

1078649.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 115 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Please add a section here to remind the fitters to install


the drive & SEP brackets at the same time as the guide
11.3 Installing guide rails rail brackets

CAUTION:
If the car is not on the pit buffers, it must be
secured on the safety gear and the parking
chain whenever the hoist hook is removed.
Keep the chain tightened.

1078317.wmf

1. Install and align the remaining car guide rails:


• Drill fixing holes also for counterweight guide rail brackets when driving up.
• Transport the guide rails in lifting pockets. Use sliding clamp and hoist for lifting.
• Use angle irons of the counterweight guide rail brackets to ease car guide rail guiding.
• Do not rest the car on safety gear during the alignment.
• Move the laser plumbing tools upwards in minimum 10 m intervals.
• Two topmost combination and CWT single brackets have isolated clips.
• Topmost fish plate (if S-type) on machine side car guide rail must be installed the right
way to enable guide rail pivoting when installing the machine.
2. Install and align the remaining counterweight guide rails. Temporarily remove the short
one (next to the machine). It will be reinstalled after the machine installation.

1076844.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 116 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12 MECHANICAL INSTALLATION IN TOP OF ELEVATOR SHAFT

Quality Requirements:

Car overspeed governor


– moved to final position
– plumb and aligned
– ensure correct tripping direction
– ensure rope is still fitted to the small pulley
Counterweight overspeed governor (if any)
– installed and roped
Car sill
– position / accuracy checked
– level in all planes
Machine
– lifting hook in shaft tested
– no metal to metal contact between machine and
bedplate / guide rail
– bedplate securing plate corners are bent to secure to
fixing bolts
Rope hitches
– installed correctly to ensure rope alignment to pulleys
– all lock nuts must be tightened
Parking plate
– installed in alignment with the blocking device
1077306.wmf
Guide rail joints
– joints checked for correct alignment
– joints dressed / filed with a surform file (do NOT use a
grinder!)
!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT
STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed OSG (car / CWT) causes:
– contact between rope and guard leading to noise /
vibration and premature rope wear
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Incorrectly installed / adjusted car sill causes: Method tools needed:
– misalignment with door operator railing, car front walls Man riding hoist + ASGT + accessories, Hilti RA laser kit,
– door running problems (noise / vibration and premature guide rail alignment and DBG tools, manual chain hoist,
shoe wear) pulling rope, hoist test plate, machine transport wheel + axle
Incorrectly installed machine causes: sets, site trolley, telescopic ramps, 2 x shackle (12 mm)
– noise / vibration if metal to metal contact exists by Hand tools needed:
machine touching bed plate / guide rail Tape measure, pencil, hammer drill, hammer, spanner (10,
– noise / vibration if contact exists by machine touching 15, 17, 18, 19 mm), ratchet + sockets (18, 19, 24 mm), spirit
shaft wall level, small crowbar or podger spanner, battery drill / driver,
Incorrectly installed rope hitches causes: 2 x G-clamp, pliers
– misalignment of ropes to pulleys
5S Installation Progress Report
Incorrectly adjusted / dressed guide rail joints causes:
– poor ride comfort Lift Machine Installed
– noise / vibration
– premature shoe liner wear (car / counterweight) QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 117 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.1 Installing overspeed governor to final position

1. Engage the safety gear by activating the ASGT.


2. Transfer the overspeed governor to final position.
*) Use cable tie at balustrade height to position the tension weight back to correct height.
3. Check the overspeed governor rope tension. Adjust as necessary.

* *

1078615.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 118 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.2 Installing counterweight overspeed governor and tension weight

1. Installl the counterweight overspeed governor. For correct position, see layout drawings.
2. Install the tension weight.
3. Attach the rope to the safety gear lever.

1079675.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 119 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.3 Removing the extension rope

1. Drive the car to the pit. Engage the safety gear by activating the ASGT.
2. Remove the extension rope. Use a timber block to keep the tension weight in position.
3. Attach the overspeed governor rope to the anchorage.
4. Check that:
• the overspeed governor rope is tensioned
• the overspeed governor arm is horizontally level
• the minimum distance between the tension weight and the pit floor is 120 mm.

1078621.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 120 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.4 Car sill

1. Place the car front wall panels temporarily into position.


2. Install the sill base brackets, X = 115...315 mm. A = side opening, B = centre opening
*) Third bracket in the middle if LL > 950 mm.
3. Install and align the sill steel profile (not aluminium profile yet). Centre opening door:
centrally. Side opening door: the sill profile overlaps LL 45 mm on the slam post side.

32
X

M8

M8
A B 1078910.wmf

12.5 Installing machine

WARNING: The brakes do not need to be adjusted. Do not attempt to adjust the brakes.
They will get damaged.

NOTE: Do NOT install the manual brake release cable before roping. Machine brakes are
opened for roping using temporary bolts at the brake release levers.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 121 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.5.1 Transporting

WARNING: The safe working load of the hoist depends on the size, the configuration and
the angles formed by the hoist rope and the horizontal.

When the car is positioned near the suspension point the hoist rope angle becomes less
than 45 degrees, the hoist ropes become over tightened and the safe working load is
reduced (the smaller the angle from horizontal, the greater the stress on the hoist ropes).

Ensure that the hoist rope angles are greater than 45 degrees. Angles approaching 30
degrees are considered extremely hazardous and must be avoided.

45°
1069611.wmf

NOTE: The 150 kg (300 kg / pair) maximum WLL (working load limit) of the telescopic
ramps is based on single axle trolley usage. On specific tested method steps, where a twin
axle assembly is used (such as machine transport), the load is more evenly distributed
across the ramps. In such cases the WLL is increased to 380 kg / pair of ramps.
Always follow the designated method description.

WLL 300 kg / pair of ramps WLL 380 kg / pair of ramps

1078918.wmf 1078916.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 122 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Transport the machine to the topmost floor, near the shaft. If the hoist rope angle is
critical, raise the car floor level using pallets or equivalent to reach the landing.
2. Open the machine crate. Remove all the loose components from the crate.

45°

1075262.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 123 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction
Please add installation of parking plate here.

12.5.2 Preparations for machine installation

1. Mark the topmost guide rail bracket position. Remove the guide rail bracket.
2. Fix the manual chain hoist to machine lifting eye. Test the lifting eye using a test bracket
(breaking strength 600 kg, supplied locally). Write your name and test date on the test
plate and store it to the tested lifting point.
3. Clean the machined surfaces of the bed plate. Fix the bed plate to the car guide rail.
*) Use M12 lifting eye and manual chain hoist.
4. Measure and record the guide rail position at the second topmost guide rail bracket.
Remove the isolated clips.

1 3 *

X min
NMX07 640
NMX11 820

2 X

NMX07 NMX11
X

13

1075263.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 124 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

5. Attach the pull rope to ease the guide rail pivoting and lifting.
6. If T89 guide rail and deep elevator shaft: route another pull rope round the lifting eye. Use
shackle if necessary.
7. Loosen the topmost guide rail joint. Remove three fixing bolts. Replace one M12 fixing
bolt temporarily with M10 bolt (from cwt guide rail joint).
8. Fix short counterweight guide rail (included in delivery) to ease the re-aligning.
S-type fish plate: Turn the fish plate if installed the wrong way.
9. Pivot the guide rail against the counterweight guide rail bracket.

T89 6 7
M10
9

M12

8
5

8 1075264.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 125 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.5.3 Machine lifting

WARNING: Operate the hoists from landing. No one is allowed to be in the elevator shaft
while lifting the machine.

CAUTION: Turn the roof front stiffener temporarily upside down. Secure the telescopic
ramps to the car top beam with M8 bolts (drill holes to the ramps) and clamp G-clamps to
the ends of the ramps to prevent any damage to the the car roof.

1077388.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 126 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Drive the car to a suitable height.


2. Engage the safety gear by activating the ASGT and secure the car with parking chain.
3. Move the machine crate to the car roof.
4. Attach the adjustable chain (length 600 mm) between the man riding hoist and machine
lifting plate. Attach manual chain hoist hook to the machine lifting plate.
5. Use manual chain hoist for machine lifting and man riding hoist for guiding. Raise machine
slightly and remove the crate.
6. Adjust the adjustable chain to its maximum length (1.5 m) to be able to release the man
riding hoist hook after hoisting the machine up.
7. Hoist the machine above its final position.

2 6 7

1075265.wmf

Parking plate to be
drawn in again
(See Marko
Saarinen) Remove
shackle from Please draw the
picture and
connect parking
safety pins on both
sides of the axle!
DRAFT
chain to parking
plate Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 127 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.5.4 Finalising machine installation

1. Pull the car guide rail back to position.


2. Re-install the guide rail joint bolts handtight.
3. Attach the man riding hoist hook to the ASGT. Drive the car up to suitable working height.
4. Lower the machine onto the bed plate. Check the isolation pad alignment.
Check that there is no mechanical contact with machine body and fixings.
5. Fix the machine to the guide rail.
6. Install the topmost bracket. Align and tighten the guide rail joint.
7. Install the last counterweight guide rail.
NOTE: If HT type guide rail, loosen the guide rail clips below the joint temporarily.

5
1

6
1075266.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 128 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Please move this to before section 12.5.2

12.6 Parking plate

It is absolutely forbidden to secure the car on the blocking device of the car unless it is
roped and minimum half load has been installed in the counterweight.

1. Install the parking plate.


2. Secure the parking pin with a cable tie so that it cannot engage to the parking plate
accidentally.

1077705.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 129 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

12.7 Installing rope hitches

1. Check that the rope bottle threads are fitted with equal length. Lock the nuts by tightening
them against each other. Check that the lock nut is not leaning against the split pin.
2. Install the rope hitches. Store the rope bottle wedges on the car roof.

1077672.wmf

12.8 Filing and checking the guide rail joints

1. Check all the fish plate joints using a 1.5 m long spirit level. Shim using pieces of metal
strap from packing as necessary.
2. Dress the joints using a surform file. Use oil collectors to protect guide shoes from dust.
3. When installation is completed, dress safety gear marks on the guide rail blades (if any).

1080204.wmf

Add safety note:


Take care that hands do not impact DRAFT
S-type fish plates when filing joints!
.
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 130 (340) AM-01.01.250
A small warning picture would be a
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
good idea!
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13 LANDING DOOR INSTALLATION

Quality Requirements:

HANDLE MATERIALS CAREFULLY TO AVOID


DAMAGE!

FFL mark
– exists at all floors (by builder)
– transferred into the elevator shaft for future reference
Landing doors
– installed and aligned at all landings
• reference to FFL mark
• sill level in both planes
• running clearance with car sill checked
• railing plumb and aligned
• lock contact gap adjusted
• lock roller distance from coupler checked
• correct gaps around doors (max 6 mm)
• if glass doors, finger protection must be installed
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.
– inspect for any sharp edges and de-burr if necessary
Closing weight / spring
1076676.wmf
– closes doors from any point of door travel
Landing toe guards
– installed at each landing
– fixed securely in vertical plane (to prevent obstruction to
landing door rollers)
!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT
STABILIZE
Landing door NOT installed to FFL mark causes:
– dissatisfaction of the builder!
– potential rework
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Incorrectly adjusted sills / railings causes: Method tools needed:
– door running problems (noise / vibration) Man riding hoist
– premature shoe wear
– misalignment with car sill (running clearance) Hand tools needed:
– misalignment with car coupler (lock rollers must drop Tape measure, pencil, hammer drill, hammer, spanner (13,
when the car coupler is fully open) 15, 19 mm), ratchet + sockets (13, 15, 19 mm), square, spirit
– premature roller wear level, allen keys, Phillips screwdriver, battery drill / driver,
– lock contact failure (crash stopping of elevator) 2 x door setting jig tool
– poor visual appearance
Incorrectly adjusted locks causes:
5S Installation Progress Report
– intermittent faults
Incorrectly adjusted door gaps causes: Doors and Frames Installed (Through to 75%)
– potential damage to door panel surfaces
Incorrectly removed plastic paper causes: QD-181.211
– noise during door travel QD 6 commenced
– damage to door panel surface (scratching)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 131 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.1 Installation order

NOTE: These instructions are for KES 201 doors.

Start the installation from the topmost floor.


Install the last landing doors and car doors in NOTE: The topmost (or second topmost) landing
following order:
doors have MAP cable entry openings(*).
1. lowest landing door
2. car front wall and car door
3. second lowest landing door A B

For more information on positioning the doors,


see technical specification section of the side
binder.
*
NOTE: It is strongly recommended to
1027817.wmf
transport the door components directly from
the crate to the shaft. A = front type door
B = frame type door

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 132 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.2 Installing landing sill

Sill bracket types


L brackets FFL

0...120
H=170
 80
X= 50...75

X= 25...70 X 1010144.wmf

Box brackets FFL


(200 mm)

0...40
H=120
 80
X= 70...120

40...120
X= 120...170 X

FFL
H=200
 80

X= 70...120
X= 120...170 X 1010145.wmf

Box brackets FFL

(250 mm)
120...170

*
H=250

*) additional
80

stiffening
plates
X= 70...120
X= 120...170 x 1010146.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 133 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.2.1 Installing landing sill brackets

1. Cross measure the car door opening.


2. Mark the dimension LL to the car sill, elevator shaft wall and car roof front edge.
3. Remove the car front wall panels.

1079154.wmf

4. Measure, mark and drill the wall fixing holes. For dimension H, see table above.
Frame 150 package 11 and front: X = LL / 2 - 75
Frame 120 package 15: X = LL / 2 - 100
5. Install and align the brackets. The middle bracket (A) is only required if LL > 900 mm.
B = 47 mm (centre opening door) or 45 mm (side opening door) below FFL.
B

FFL
< 80

A
1076702.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 134 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.2.2 Installing grout guard (optional)

1. Bend and install the sill grout guard. Keep resting area on the ground as short as possible.
2. Seal with tape and plastic film.

1. Nail anchor D6
2. Self drilling screw
2 2

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 135 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.2.3 Installing sill profile

1. Check that the nylon washers (A) are fitted. Slide the sill onto the brackets.
2. Draw a marking line to profile 22.5 mm (25 mm if Frame 120) from upright fixing profile.
3. Align the landing sill marking with the car sill LL marking.
4. Adjust the sill gap to 30 mm.

30
A

1076706.wmf

1078908.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 136 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.3 Installing uprights and top parts

NOTE: For frameless door installation, see AM-03.12.065.


Remove the protection plastic from the fixing points and corners before installation.
Work from the car roof. At lowest landing, work from inside the car.

13.3.1 Installing uprights and lintel

1. Install the uprights and lintel. Check the alignment.

=
1076710.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 137 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2. Fire rated doors: Install the sheet metal fire trim. Shape according to the shaft wall. Do
not fix nail anchors yet.
Note: If door with DMAP, cut off part of the fire trim for cable routing.

1076711.wmf

3. Fix the door frame to the wall. Align and check the cross-measures. Do not fully tighten.

1076714.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 138 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.3.2 Installing lock and top track

1. Install the emergency opening device (B) and the top track stiffener (A, only if side
opening door).
2. Fit two M8 mushroom bolts loosely at a distance of LL + 150 mm (Frame 150 or front) or
LL + 120 (Frame 120). Hang the top track. Insert the opening lever (B) to the slot.
3. Fit rest of the M8 mushroom bolts loosely.
4. Install the screws (C) centrally to the slots. Tighten the mushroom bolts.
5. Fix the top track to the stiffener (A).
6. Check the lock release mechanism operation with emergency opening key.
B M6 C
A

M8 M8

B M8
A
M6

1076727.wmf

b
1033717.wmf

C
A

A
a31294a3.wmf

1078266.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 139 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.3.3 Checking door unit alignment

NOTE: Do not fit the carpet profile at this stage.

1. Check the door unit alignment. X = car sill line.


2. Tighten the wall fixings.

60

=
HH+254

=
30

1079168.wmf

13.3.4 Installing support beam (for extended front type doors)

1. Install the support beam.


2. Check the alignment.
1

1
4

1007319.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 140 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.4 Installing door panels

NOTE: Check the LL at sill level before door adjustments. Accepted tolerance is +1 mm.

13.4.1 Installing panels

1. Front type doors: Install the side extension panels. See chapter 13.6.1.
2. Fix the door panels to the hangers (from the side if smoke labyrinths*).
3. Place jigs under the door panel. Shim up the gap between the panel and the hanger.

5mm 1076757.wmf

4. Install the self adhesive buffers to door panel edge (centre opening door ) or to the
slampost (side opening door).
Note: Surface must be dry and clean. The glue will not bond at temperatures below 0° C.

Buffer1

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 141 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.4.2 Installing finger protection list (window / glass doors)

1. Clean the area and fit the self-gluing protection list on the side post.
In side opening doors fit the self-gluing protection list also between the door panels.

max. 6 mm
max. 6 mm

0...1 mm
0...1 mm

25
1079320.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 142 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.4.3 Installing closing spring / closing weight

1. Side opening door (LL = 700 - 900 mm):


• Install the closing spring fixing bracket.
• Route and connect the closing rope.
• Install the closing spring cover.
2. Side opening door (LL = 600, 650, 1000 or 1100 mm):
• Slide the closing weight into the tube.
• Route and connect the closing rope.
3. Centre opening door:
• Route and connect the closing rope.

HH = 2100
a31294a8.wmf

side_weight2

HH = 2000
a31294a7.wmf

a31294e6.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 143 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.4.4 Aligning door panels

1. Loosen M8 bolts. Adjust the door panel position and alignment.

5mm
M8
1010107.wmf

2. Adjust the door panel position. 1 = buffer.

1 3mm 3mm

1
1010112.wmf

3. Adjust the door panel position. 1 = adjusting shim.


4. Check that the anti-tip rollers are finger tight (A) against the rail profile.
5. Check the door function: door panels move smoothly and freely, door does not make any
abnormal noise, closing weight closes the door from any open position.

1 5 mm
5 mm

5 mm
5 mm
1010114.wmf

1010113.wmf

A A 0.3 mm 1007323.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 144 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.5 Top track settings

1. Check the lock function. The lock hook must rest on the buffer in closed position. The lock
gap must be 1-2 mm when the hangers are closed and lean against the end buffer. Check
the contact functions. Check that the lock gap does not break the door contact function.
Note: The door lock is not adjustable.
2. Check the lock roller clearance to the coupler at all landings. Nominal clearance = 13 mm,
minimum clearance = 8 mm. If not correct, check that the car is plumb and aligned in back
to front direction or re-align the door. Re-check clearance after door operator installation.

1. Centre opening
4
2. Side opening 3 5 5 3
1
3. Lock hook buffer
4. Door contact
5. Lock contact 2
6. End buffer 2
Railing 1. Landing door lock and contacts. Standard. Protection class IP20.

2
6 6
1007325.wmf

3
1 2
1. Centre opening
3
3

measurements
> 10

2. Side opening
measurements
> 10

2
2
1010116.wmf

Railing 1 190
85
13 13
1
(NH / 2)

* Open
** Pressed 3
20

10
30

1. Centre lock holder


155

2. Landing sill line


3. Car sill line 110*
77**
HH

1007328.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 145 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.6 Installing panels and strips (front type version only)

13.6.1 Installing side extension panel

1. Slide the side extension panel into position.


2. Fix the panel to the door frame. To fulfil EN81, fix 2 self-drilling screws at the bottom.
Check that there is no visible gap on landing side.
3. Align the panel to the door frame. Drill and fix the support brackets in the shaft.
4. Install the panel extension on the flooring with the nail anchors.

1 2
1. No gap
2. Front panel 2
3. Upright 4
4. Self drilling screws

2 3
1010120.wmf

1060880.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 146 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.6.2 Installing top extension panel

1. Install the joining strip to the lintel with self drilling screws.
2. Lift in the top extension panel from the landing side.
3. Fix the panel to the joining strip and side extension panels.
4. Fix the panel to the shaft wall using support brackets. Check that the panel is plumb.

1
4
2

4
3

1010121.wmf

1. Joining strip
2. Top extension panel
3. Lintel
4. Side extension panel

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 147 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.6.3 Installing backing strips

1. Check that the wall surface is smooth and clean. If the wall is not smooth, overbend the
cover strip slightly to ensure a firm pressure to the panels.
2. Cut the backing strips to fit. Check that the backing strip is tight against the wall. Fix to the
door with self drilling screws.

100
75 75
75 75
100

1
2
150
75
100

100

75

3
100

4
100

1010126.wmf

1. Front
2. Extended front
3. Front MAP
4. Backing strip

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 148 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.6.4 Installing cover strips (front type version only)

1. Fit the top cover strip over the backing strip. Use wooden block and hammer if necessary.
Wooden block must cover the cover strip width and be minimum 300 mm long to avoid
possible dents.
2. Cut the side cover strips (from lower part) to fit in the door opening.
3. Fit the side cover strips over the backing strips. If extended front type door, fit the upper
side cover strip first.
4. Secure the side cover strip with the locking screws on side panel.

1. Top cover strip 1


2. Side cover strip
3
3. Upper side cover strip

2
NOTE: Top cover strip for
controller cabinet.
1007335.wmf

A A

A A

A-A B-B

1007334.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 149 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

13.7 Installing landing toe guards

NOTE: Do not install the landing toe guards for topmost and lowest landings yet. They will
be installed after electrification.

1. Install the toe guard to the sill. Use the special screws provided.

1078267.wmf

2. If the toe guard overlaps the top track of the next landing door, cut it and secure to the
door fixings. If this is not possible, manufacture new toe guard locally.

1 1 = Shortened toe guard


2 = Self tapping screw
3 = Timber insert

3
1007469.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 150 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

14 CAR FRONT INSTALLATION

Quality Requirements:

HANDLE MATERIALS CAREFULLY TO AVOID


DAMAGE!

Car front
– front wall panels and lintel installed
– aligned and dimensions checked for accurate LL
dimension
– diagonal reference (equal corner to corner size: cross
measurement)
– height from sill to lintel checked
– correct number of fixings used
• lintel = minimum 1 fixing per 100 mm
• front wall panels = minimum 3 fixings at top &
bottom
• stiffeners MUST have fixing screws installed
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.

Door operator brackets


– installed according to instruction

1077317.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed car front wall causes:
– poor visual appearance
– noise / vibration
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– misalignment with car doors Method tools needed:
– misalignment with landing doors Man riding hoist
– unnecessary stress forces to car
Hand tools needed:
Incorrectly installed door operator brackets causes: Tape measure, 2 x spanner (10, 13 mm), ratchet + sockets
– misalignment of door operator with car sill which affects (10, 13 mm), square, spirit level
car door running
– misalignment of running clearance between car coupler
5S Installation Progress Report
and landing lock rollers and landing sills
– door running problems (noise / vibration) N/A

QD-181.211
QD 6 continued

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 151 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

14.1 Installing car front walls

NOTE: Fix the front wall panels and lintel with bolts at equal distances (maximum distance
between two bolts is 100 mm). Fit a bolt through each stiffener (if any).

1. Turn the roof front stiffener the right way up (if installed upside down).
2. Install the front wall panels.
3. Install the lintel and the door operator brackets. For bracket types, see next page.
Adjust the lintel height (HH) according to the finished car floor level.
4. Install the jamb mounted destination indicator (JM-DIN, if applicable). For more
information, see AM-12.20.017.

2 3

<1
00
<1
00
HH+362

3 4
1075498.wmf

Please make a clear note and illustration to highlight the fact that the car front lintel can move
independently from the front wall uprights to achieve the required HH dimension.
(Different from MonoSpace R2x)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 152 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Table 1: Operator fixing brackets


Centre opening AMDC-1, bracket 602334
HH+362 Side opening AMDC-2, bracket 602335

HH+362
1072047.wmf 1072048.wmf

AMDC-1 (35 mm car return), bracket 601191 (35 mm)

67
1
2
HH+293

LL - 100

1072049.wmf

AMDC-2 (35 mm car return), bracket 601166 (35 mm)


4
1 11

LL - 100
LL - 3

2
HH+245

1072050.wmf

1 = car door sill line, 2 = suspension screw

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 153 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

14.2 Finalizing car front installation

1. Install the sill profile.


Centre opening door: to the centre.
Side opening door: 11.5 mm from the end of the steel profile on slam post side.

11.5mm 1011146.wmf

2. Install the slam post and compensative lintel.


3. Check that the car door entrance is square and in plumb.
4. Install the carpet profile.

1079289.wmf

Add the section for car ceiling installation (10.1.4) to here.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 154 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15 INSTALLING CAR DOORS

Quality Requirements:

HANDLE MATERIALS CAREFULLY TO AVOID


DAMAGE!

Car door operator


– height from sill FFL to lintel checked
– vertically aligned and plumb
– level, parallel to sill
Car doors
– aligned to car front and to each other
– correct gap around doors (max 6 mm)
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.
– lock contact gap adjusted
– if glass doors, finger protection must be installed
Coupler
– clearance between landing lock rollers and car door
coupler checked (13 mm each side) 1077323.wmf

Emergency opening device


– rope length adjusted
Electrification
– routed to avoid cable damage or tripping hazards

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


Incorrectly installed car door operator causes: STABILIZE
– misalignment of door operator with car sill which affects
car door running
– misalignment of running clearance between car coupler
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
and landing lock rollers and landing sills Method tools needed:
– door running problems (noise / vibration) Man riding hoist, site trolley
Incorrectly installed car doors causes:
– poor visual appearance
– lock contact failure (crash stopping of elevator)
Hand tools needed:
Incorrectly removed plastic paper causes:
Allen keys, spirit level, small crowbar, tape measure, spanner
– noise during door travel
(13, 15 mm), 2 x door jig, square, pliers, battery drill / driver
– damage to door panel surface (scratching)
Incorrectly adjusted coupler causes:
– impact / damage of landing lock rollers (crash stopping
of elevator) 5S Installation Progress Report
Incorrectly installed emergency opening device N/A
causes:
– cable too tight = potential break of car door lock during QD-181.211
travel QD 6 continued
– cable too slack = potential snagging of cable on landing
doors during travel
Incorrectly installed electrification causes:
– tripping hazards during maintenance
– cables under strain can cause unnecessary
disconnections

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 155 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

NOTE: These instructions are for AMDV car doors.


For AMDLY type of door, see AM-03.12.086.

15.1 Unpacking and transporting the door operator

Step Action Note


1 Unpack the door operator from the Use proper lifting techniques and gloves
packing just before transporting to the to protect your hands.
car front.
2 Use site trolley to transport the
operator. Be careful not to twist the
mechanics.

1010352.wmf

15.2 Installation of Low duty door operator

1
2

1078775.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 156 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

1. Car sill line


2. Suspension screw

Step Action Note


1 Install the fixing brackets to the side Bracket alternatives, see section 14.1.
posts.
Ensure that the brackets are: *The car door entrance must also be in
– in plumb* plumb.
– at correct height (HH+362 mm)
– at correct distance (67 mm) from the
car door sill line
2 Attach the suspension screws to the The suspension screws should be set
brackets. 5...8 mm unscrewed.
3 Hang up the operator unit on the
suspension screws, trough the key
holes on the operator back side.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 157 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

HH + 254
30

1009901.wmf

Step Action Note


4 Attach the lower fixing screws hand Bracket alternatives, see section 14.1.
tightened.
5 Control the horizontal position of the Control the horizontal position of the
operator. operator.
6 Tighten all fixing screws.
7 Control the vertical position of the Re-adjust the fixing brackets in plumb.
railing.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 158 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.3 Installation of Mid and High duty door operator

2
X

1078782.wmf

1. Car sill line


2. Suspension screw

Step Action Note


1 Install the fixing brackets to the side Bracket alternatives, see section 14.1.
posts.
Ensure that the brackets are: *The car door entrance must also be in
– in plumb* plumb.
– at correct height (HH+362 mm)
– at correct distance (67 mm) from the
car door sill line
2 Attach the suspension screws to the The suspension screws should be set
brackets. 5...8 mm unscrewed.
3 Hang up the operator unit on the
suspension screws, trough the key
holes on the operator back side.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 159 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

HH + 290 *
HH + 190
31

1009903.wmf

* When panel 4 (full glass) and panel 6

Step Action Note


4 Attach the lower and the top fixing Top fixing screw only when drive 2.
screws hand tightened.
5 Control the horizontal position of the Adjust from the adjustable fixing
operator. brackets.
6 Tighten all fixing screws. Use T-handed Hexagon key.
7 Control the vertical position of the Re-adjust the fixing brackets in plumb.
railing.

Do not drive the car with installed operator before the door panels are installed. Move the
car with care as the vanes or the coupler not get stuck and damaged.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 160 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.4 Installing finger protection list (window / glass doors)

1. Clean the area and fit the self-gluing protection list on the side post.
In side opening doors fit the self-gluing protection list also between the door panels.

max. 6 mm
max. 6 mm

0...1 mm
0...1 mm

25
1079320.wmf

15.5 Door panel buffers

Step Action Note


1 Panel L & 1 The glue will not bond at temperatures
below 0° C.
Fit a self-adhesive buffer, 40 mm from
the top and 40 mm from the bottom on
the leading panel edge.
40

40
40

1009904.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 161 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.6 Door panel fixings


1 2

3 4

100990 f

Step Action Note


1 Cover plate on window, glass and full 1. Railing 1 / panel L
glass panels must be removed before 2. Railing 2/ panel L
the fixings can be reached. 3. Railing 1 / panel 3
4. Railing 2 / panel 3 / 4 / 6

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 162 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.7 Door panel guides

1. Panel L
2. Panel 3 / 4 / 6 1 2

1009906.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Installation of panel guides for hidden sill is described in the door panel installation.
2 Cover plate on window, glass and full glass panels must be removed before the
fixings can be reached.
3 After final door adjustment must the full glass panel guides be secured by 2 dowels.

15.8 Installation of door panels

15.8.1 Suspension of door panel


3. 4. 5.

5 mm
1009966.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Close the door. Hangers in closed position.
2 Put in the door panel under the hanger. From the side if air seal labyrinths.
3 Fit the door panel to the hanger. Untightened screw joints.
4 Place two jigs under the door panel for 5 mm gap.
5 Shim up the gap between door panel and hanger.
6 Tighten the screw joints slightly and remove the jigs.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 163 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.8.2 Vertical adjustment of the door panel

Step Action Note


1 Open the door.
Hangers in open position.
2 Adjust the door panel vertically against
side post or door panel.
– Adjust rear or front top fixing shim
package.
3 Adjust the end buffer in order to get
door panels in line with the wall (See
page 172).
1009967.wmf

15.8.3 Positioning of door panel

CL CL
2...3
2...4 1...2

7.5 1009968.wmf

Centre opening Side opening

Step Action Note


1 Close the door.

Hangers in closed position must be on


the buffer.
The hanger plates must touch the
buffer little before the door panel lists
touch each other. 1009969.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 164 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


2 Slow and middle panel
Push the door panel against the lintel
cover plate and then back of 1...2 mm. 3...5
Fast panel (centre opening)
Adjust both panels against each other. 3...5
Ensure the panel front edges are
positioned in respect of the door centre 1009970.wmf

line as shown in the figures above. Ensure that the labyrinths has a free
Fast panel (side opening) space of 3...5 mm and not touch each
Adjust the panel against the slam post. other.
3 Ensure that rubber trim list seals the
gap between door panel and car front
wall. With panel 6 doors ensure that the

3...5
air seal labyrinth is not touching the
front wall (must be 3...5 mm gap to
ensure proper closing of door panels).
1009971.wmf

4 Tighten the upper panel screw joints,


but not final.

15.8.4 Adjustment of door panel running clearance

1-2

5 mm
5 mm

5 mm

3-4

5 mm

1009972.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 165 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


1 Close the door. Hangers in closed position.
2 Check that the gap between panels or Adjust the panel rear top fixing and/or
side post is 5 mm and even. rear bottom guide.
3 Open the door. Hangers in open position.
4 Check that the gap between panels or Adjust the panel front top fixing and/or
side post is 5 mm and even. front bottom guide.

15.9 Coupler

15.9.1 Standard coupler, railing 1

Coupler with vane length 300 mm (NH 300) is pre-assembled in the factory.
Coupler with vane length 400 mm (NH 400), the vane package has to be installed at site. For
more information, see AM-03.12.067.

15.9.2 Standard coupler with lock, railing 1

Coupler with vane length 300 mm (NH 300) is pre-assembled in the factory.
Coupler with vane length 400 mm (NH 400), the vane package has to be installed at site. For
more information, see AM-03.12.067.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 166 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.9.3 Standard coupler, railing 2

1. Symmetric vane
2. Asymmetric vane

1
A

2
1009976.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Install the vanes to the coupler using The cuts (A) at the vane ends must be
M6X20 (DIN7984) bolts. turned outwards.
The vane and the plastic part it is fixed
on must be at same level (B).
Do not use any other screws to fix the
vanes than mentioned!
2 Ensure the coupler function.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 167 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.9.4 Coupler with lock, railing 2

1
2

2 1 18.5
1009977.wmf

1. Countersunk screw M8X35 (DIN7991)


2. Hexagon socket screw M8X30 (DIN7984), schnorr lock washer M8

Step Action Note


1 Install the coupler finger tight to the The hanger plate on the drive belt side.
hanger plate by 4 screws. Do not use any other screws than
mentioned.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 168 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2
3

1009978.wmf

Step Action Note


2 Slip the synchronization rope into the Valid for centre opening doors only
rope guide at the back of the coupler. (AMDL-1/3/5).
3 Connect the coupler to the drive belt
fixing.
4 Remove the locking screw. Store the screw in the upper corner of
the coupler.
5 Ensure the coupler function.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 169 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.9.5 Door stiffener

Panel 1 Panel 3 / 4 / 6
1

A B
A
B B

2
1. Motor
2. Coupler vane
3. Gap
3

1
2

1009979.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Fix the stiffer between hanger plate and Valid only for railing 2 and standard
door panel. Ensure that the coupler panels.
vanes are hanging straight.
To prevent changing in the door panel
adjustments, tighten the upper screw
first.
2 Check that there is a gap between
coupler vanes and motor (also
transformer and electronic box).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 170 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.10 Railing settings

15.10.1 Anti-tip rollers

Railing 1 Railing 2
1

A A 0.15 mm 1009980.wmf

Plastic roller Rubber roller Steel roller


2
11
0m
m

1
1009981.wmf

1. End buffer

Step Action Note


1 Rubber/plastic roller Finger tight (A): the roller can be turned
Check that the anti-tip rollers are by one finger.
slightly pressed (finger tight, A) against
the rail profile.

Steel roller
Check that there is a space of 0.15 mm
between roller and rail.
2 If needed, loosen the nut and adjust the If LL dimension is small; the coupler
eccentric roller using the T-handled vanes must be in open position and the
hexagon key. end buffer must be loosen.
3 Adjust the end buffer in order to get the
door panels in line with the front wall (=
door opening).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 171 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.10.2 Door contacts

Railing 1, protection class IP20

Centre opening Side opening


3 mm 3 mm 3 mm

1009982.wmf

Railing 2, protection class IP20

Centre opening Side opening

1009983.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Make sure the function of the door Adjust the contact bridge if needed.
contacts.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 172 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.10.3 Coupler / Lock rollers

190 CL
190 CL
84

13** 13
Railing 1

155 1
3 2

30
110*

10
20
4 77
1009984.wmf
HH

1 Landing sill line CL = Centre line / slampost line


2 Car sill line * 108 when car door lock
3 Dimension when coupler is open ** 11 when car door lock
4 Dimension when coupler is pressed
190 CL

84 190 CL

13 13

1
30
Railing 2

167***

10 ****

2
20

3 110
4 77
1009985.wmf
HH

1 Landing sill line CL = Centre line / slampost line


2 Car sill line *** when panel 4 (full glass) and panel 6
3 Dimension when coupler is open **** 8 when hidden sill
4 Dimension when coupler is pressed

Step Action Note


1 Check that the coupler opens and closes properly.
2 Pull the drive belt manually until coupler
is fully open. Secure the drive belt with
a cable tie.

1079312.wmf

3 Check the lock roller clearance to the Adjust the landing door lock roller
coupler at all landings. position if needed (only railing 2).
– Nominal clearance = 13 mm
– Minimum clearance = 8 mm (Arrows show the adjustability)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 173 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.11 Emergency opening for car door lock

2
2
1009987-1.wmf
1009986-1.wmf

Standard Glass
Railing 1 Railing 2

Step Action Note


1 Fix the rope guide (1) on the door panel Only needed if curtain of light.
stiffener. 2 self taping screws 4.2x13
(pre-drill 3,5 mm holes)
2 Fix the rope fixing plate (2) to the door 2 self taping screws 4.2x13
panel stiffener. (pre-drill 3,5 mm holes)
3 Fix the rope end at the fixing plate with
a rope clamp.
4 Ensure the emergency opening
function.
5 Glue the label approximately in the Not glass panels.
middle of the door panel.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 174 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.12 Electrification

15.12.1 Cable connections, drive 10

D1
D2
3
1 MIN SPEED MAX

S1 1 2 3 4
2

ON
SP0 OFF ON OFF ON

1 2 3 4
SP1 OFF OFF ON ON
OFL
+24 V
1077707.wmf

7
1077696.wmf
X1

Step Action Note


1 Position the door operator in a suitable
working height when standing on the
landing.
Check that the door power supply from
the MAP is switched OFF.
2 Connect: For door contact cable, a separate
– door contact cable (1) to D2 and the earthing is required only for countries
separate earth wire to the earth with special regulations. See project
screw (2). delivery documents for the wiring
– supply cable (3) to D1. diagram.
– control cable (7) to X1.
– photocell cables (8) to X15 and X16.
Fix the cables using cable ties. CAUTION: Do not connect +24 V
from the door operator to the +24 V
EXT supplied from elevator control.

3 Check that the S1 DIP switches are ON For more information on DIP switches,
position: see chapter 29.6.
– speed selection is in maximum
– open force limiter is in operation
– curtain of light is in operation

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 175 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.12.2 Cable connections, drive 2

X4
1
X5 D1
X6
D2
X9
X2
X19
2 X1
4
X15 X16 X17 X18

2 3 4 X1 X2

D1 D1 7
D2 D2

6 8
6
5 1009989.wmf

1 To the car 2 Trafo unit 3 Separate earth 4 Motor unit


electrification unit screws
5 Door contact cable 6 Supply cable 7 Control cable 8 Cable ties

Step Action Note


1 Ensure that the door power supply from
the MAP is switched OFF!
2 Connect the door contact cable (5) to
the Molex plug D2.
3 Connect the supply cable (6) to the
Molex plug D1.
4 Connect the control cable (7) to the
Phoenix plugs X1, X2.
5 Connect the safety device cables (if
any) to the Phoenix plugs X15, X16,
X17, X18.
6 Connect the emergency drive cable (if
any) to the Phoenix plug X5.
7 Route the cables to the car
electrification unit.
8 Fix the cables using cable ties (8).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 176 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.13 Car door lock and contact measurements

15.13.1 Car door lock and contacts for railing 1

Standard protection class IP20

3
3

3
>10
>10

2 2

1009994.wmf

Centre opening Side opening

Step Action Note


1 Check the lock function.
– Ensure that the lock hook overlaps The lock is not adjustable!
the lock beak properly in closed
position.
– The lock gap should be 1...2 mm
when the hangers are fully closed
and leans against the end buffer. Ensure that the lock gap do not brake
– Check the contact functions. the door contact function.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 177 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

15.13.2 Car door lock and contacts for railing 2

Standard protection class IP20

2 3
2
>10

>10
3

3
1009995.wmf

Centre opening Side opening

Step Action Note


1 Check the lock function. The lock is not adjustable!
– The lock hook must rest on the lock Not valid when “Optional”
hook buffer in closed position.
– The lock gap should be 1...2 mm
when the hangers are fully closed Ensure that the lock gap do not brake
and leans against the end buffer. the door contact function.
– Check the contact functions.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 178 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

16 KONE SIGNALIZATION SYSTEM (KSS) INSTALLATION

Quality Requirements:

Landing signalization
– aligned to frame / wall, position according to layout
drawings
– cable routing clear of obstruction, provide slack for
future maintenance purposes
– plugs properly inserted into sockets and not under strain

COP
– flush and securely installed
– take care not to damage the car wall when installing
COP
– cable routing clear of obstruction, provide slack for
future maintenance purposes
– plugs properly inserted into sockets and not under strain

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed signalization causes:
– poor visual appearance
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets can cause
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
unnecessary disconnections / failures of unit Method tools needed:
– cables under strain can cause unnecessary Man riding hoist, work stool
disconnections (doors, car, travelling past guide
brackets etc.) Hand tools needed:
– incorrectly routed / secured cables can be damaged by Battery drill / driver, Phillips screwdriver, hammer drill,
moving parts hammer, side cutters, allen keys, tape measure
– failing to provide sufficient slack for future maintenance
purposes can lead to damage to the cables / unit
5S Installation Progress Report
N/A

QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 179 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

16.1 Hall indicator (KSH) and landing call station (KSL)

Step Action Note


1 Fix the mounting bracket to wall or door
frame with screws.
2 Route and connect the cable to the unit.
3 Slide the device to the mounting
bracket.
4 Secure using allen screw.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 180 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

16.2 Installing COP

Step Action Note


1 Route and connect COP cables.
2 Fix the limit bracket below COP.
3 Lift the COP in position. *) Be careful not to scratch the wall.
4 Secure in position using screw.

*)

1078608.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 181 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

16.3 Hall display (KSJ)

Step Action Note


1 Remove the cover.
2 Connect the cables.
3 Insert the unit in the car wall cut out.
4 Secure using screws.
5 Re-fix the cover.

1079083.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 182 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

17 INSTALLING MAP

Quality Requirements:

MAP (maintenance access panel)


– wall type = aligned to wall, position according to layout
drawing
– frame type = aligned to frame
– door operation checked
– locks operation checked with key
– no rattling noise during knock & feel test
– all protective plastic paper removed from joints etc.
– inspect for any sharp edges and de-burr if necessary
– install fire protection (if needed)

1076668.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed / aligned MAP causes:
– MAP door lock operation failure 5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
Man riding hoist

Hand tools needed:


Battery drill / driver, Phillips screwdriver, hammer drill,
hammer, side cutters, tape measure, spirit level, ratchet +
socket (19 mm, wall MAP)

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 183 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

17.1 Installing wall type MAP

1. Install the MAP (1 = surface mounted, 2 = flush mounted).


2. Route the cables to the elevator shaft. Check that the cables are clear of all moving parts
of the elevator.

1 2

1007410.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 184 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

17.2 Installing door type MAP

NOTE: Use gloves, protect your arms and use dustmask when handling rockwool.

1. Install the MAP body.


2. Fire rated doors: Fit rockwool pieces to top and bottom consoles.
3. Install the components inside the MAP body.
4. Route the cables to the elevator shaft. Check that the cables are clear of all moving parts
of the elevator.
5. Fire rated front type doors: Install the fire protection plates.

55

1076552.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 185 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

18 IDE300 (OPTIONAL)

1. Install and connect the components for IDE300 (integration of doors and elevator) if any.
For more information, see AM-13.20.018.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 186 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

19 ELECTRIFICATION AT TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT (KDL16S)

Quality Requirements:

SEP, drive, THD filter, trunkings, external braking


resistor (if any)
– installed to correct position according to layout drawings

Accessories (EBD etc.)


– installed to correct position according to layout drawings

Cables between shaft top components


– routed and connected, free of obstruction
– encoder cable routed separately (not grouped with
machine cables)
– plugs properly inserted into sockets
– all ‘screw type’ cable terminations tightened, ensure no
loose cable strands
– earthings checked
– cable grounding / shields to be correctly clamped
– ensure no damage has occurred during installation

NOTE: Ensure that all covers are closed after


installation.
1076397.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed shaft top electrification causes:
– equipment (SEP, drive etc.) not installed to layout
drawing position will interfere with required running
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
clearance from ropes or car Method tools needed:
– accessories (EBD etc.) not installed to layout drawing Man riding hoist
position will interfere with required safety spaces,
running clearances
Hand tools needed:
Tape measure, spirit level, pencil, hammer drill, hammer, side
Incorrectly installed shaft top cabling causes: cutters, 2 x spanner (10 mm), ratchet + socket (19 mm,
– incorrectly routed encoder cable can cause poor EBD), spanner (17, 19 mm), allen keys, spanner (7 mm),
encoder reference feedback due to magnetic field 2 x spanner (8 mm), TORX screwdriver (T10), electrical
disturbances from machine cables. This leads to poor terminal screwdriver, multigrip pliers
ride comfort and drive faults
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets can cause
unnecessary disconnections 5S Installation Progress Report
– earthing / shield clamps not used correctly will NOT Lift Controller Installed
provide the required grounding to remove signal
interference QD-181.211
– loose ‘screw type’ terminals cause unnecessary QD 7 commenced
disconnections

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 187 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

WARNING: During electrification work the power must be off. Ensure that the power to
the main supply cable cannot be turned on. Remove fuses and lock the main switches.
Notice the separate lighting supplies.
For more information, see AM-01.03.002.

CAUTION: When drilling above drive, SEP or MAP, protect the panels from dust.

CAUTION: If there is a danger of condensed water, on the wire or cable


surface, to enter electrical components or connectors in the elevator shaft,
form a loop before the cable entry or connector. This cable loop method is
recommended for all installations and mandatory in wet/humid operating
conditions.

CAUTION: When installing the machine cables


o
ensure the following things: E 90
Encoder and thermistor cables must be
separated from motor supply and brake control
cables. Otherwise there might be disturbances
in the encoder signals. 100mm 2
These cables can cross each other at an angle 3
of 90 degrees. If these cables are routed
parallel, the minimum clearance between two
1
4
cable groups must be 100 mm.
1 = encoder cable, 2 = brake control cable, 3 = motor cable, 4 = thermistor cable

NOTE: Leave sufficient cable length to allow the SEP and drive panels to be moved from
behind the ropes to the maintenance position.

NOTE: For more information on ECB-1 Single Line Regenerative Unit, see AM-11.65.038.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 188 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Show the encoder


cable running
19.1 Overview (KDL16S) separately from the
other machine
cables

1 10

6
7

1076394.wmf

1. Machine 6. Fuse box


2. Drive panel 7. External braking resistor (optional)
3. THD filter 8. Overspeed governor (OSG) contact
4. Maintenance access panel (MAP) 9. Load weighing device (LWD) at rope terminal
5. Shaft electrification panel (SEP) 10. Elevator shaft lighting

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 189 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

19.2 Opening drive covers

WARNING: The covers must be closed when switching the power on.

1. Removing the cover plate.

1076584.pdf

2. Opening the slide deck. Keep the slide deck closed during the drive module installation to
prevent damaging the internal components.

1075530.wmf 1075533.wmf
1075532.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 190 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

19.3 Installing SEP and drive panels, brake resistor and trunkings (KDL16S)

NOTE: For exact location of the components, see delivery documents.

1. Install the brackets below the machine (with the guide rail bracket wall fixing bolts).
2. Install the drive panel to the back plate.

1079306.wmf

3. Install the drive panel, SEP and travelling cable hanger.

1079311.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 191 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

4. Install the metal plate trunkings.


5. Install the 2 m piece of trunking beside the drive panel.
6. Install the emergency battery drive unit (EBD) and THD filter.
*) Install the external braking resistor (optional, only if rated speed is 1.6 m/s or above).

EBD

THD

* 5

1076579.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 192 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

19.4 Connecting machine cables (KDL16S)

WARNING: Ensure that the power supply is safely locked off. For more information, see
AM-01.03.002.

XMEN5
XT1
U,V,W
XBR4
XBRE2

PE

1076539.wmf

Cable To drive
Thermistor cable XT1
Machine supply cable U, V, W, PE
Brake cable XBR4
Encoder cable XMEN5
External braking resistor cable XBRE2

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 193 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

19.5 Cabling: MAP - drive, SEP - drive (KDL16S)

XLG1
XBAT1
XL1
XL6 XS3

T1,T2,T3

PE

T1,T2,
T3,PE
X4

XM14

XD1

1076370.wmf

*) THD filter

Cable From MAP To drive


Supply cable T1, T2, T3, PE T1, T2, T3, PE
Load weighing cable XL6 XLG1

Cable From SEP To drive


Safety chain cable XD1 XS3
Battery backup cable XM14 XBAT1
LCE cable X4 XL1

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 194 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20 ELECTRIFICATION AT TOP OF THE ELEVATOR SHAFT (KDM40)

Quality Requirements:

SEP, drive, KDA module, THD filter, trunkings


– installed to correct position according to layout drawings

Accessories (EBD etc.)


– installed to correct position according to layout drawings

Cables between shaft top components


– routed and connected, free of obstruction
– encoder cable routed separately (not grouped with
machine cables)
– plugs properly inserted into sockets
– all ‘screw type’ cable terminations tightened, ensure no
loose cable strands
– earthings checked
– cable grounding / shields to be correctly clamped
– ensure no damage has occurred during installation

NOTE: Ensure that all covers are closed after


installation.

1078933.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed shaft top electrification causes:
– equipment (SEP, drive etc.) not installed to layout
drawing position will interfere with required running
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
clearance from ropes or car Method tools needed:
– accessories (EBD etc.) not installed to layout drawing Man riding hoist, manual chain hoist (500 kg)
position will interfere with required safety spaces,
running clearances Hand tools needed:
Incorrectly installed shaft top cabling causes: Tape measure, spirit level, pencil, hammer drill, hammer, side
– incorrectly routed encoder cable can cause poor cutters, 2 x spanner (10 mm), ratchet + socket (19 mm,
encoder reference feedback due to magnetic field EBD), spanner (17, 19 mm), allen keys, spanner (7 mm), 2 x
disturbances from machine cables. This leads to poor spanner (8 mm), electrical terminal screwdriver, multigrip
ride comfort and drive faults pliers
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets can cause
unnecessary disconnections
5S Installation Progress Report
– earthing / shield clamps not used correctly will NOT
provide the required grounding to remove signal Lift Controller Installed
interference
– loose ‘screw type’ terminals cause unnecessary QD-181.211
disconnections QD 7 commenced

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 195 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

WARNING: During electrification work the power must be off. Ensure that the power to
the main supply cable cannot be turned on. Remove fuses and lock the main switches.
Notice the separate lighting supplies.
For more information, see AM-01.03.002.

WARNING: RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK


If the yellow DANGER led does not illuminate, when the main power is
ON, do not open the drive module. Switch OFF the main switch (220).
Lock and tag. Wait for 5 minutes. Continue the work with special caution!
Add a warning sign on the cover of the module. Inform your supervisor.

> 50 VDC Inverter drives usually remain energized for about 5 minutes after the
power has been disconnected.

DO NOT work on the drive, or hoisting motor until you have verified that
this energy has been discharged.

Test equipment must be set to the 1000 VDC range. The test equipment must be checked
before and after the test to ensure that it functions correctly.

CAUTION: When drilling above drive, SEP or MAP, protect the panels from dust.

CAUTION: If there is a danger of condensed water, on the wire or cable


surface, to enter electrical components or connectors in the elevator shaft,
form a loop before the cable entry or connector. This cable loop method is
recommended for all installations and mandatory in wet/humid operating
conditions.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 196 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

CAUTION: When installing the machine cables


o
ensure the following things: E 90
Encoder and thermistor cables must be
separated from motor supply and brake control
cables. Otherwise there might be disturbances
in the encoder signals. 100mm 2
These cables can cross each other at an angle 3
of 90 degrees. If these cables are routed
parallel, the minimum clearance between two
1
4
cable groups must be 100 mm.
1 = encoder cable, 2 = brake control cable, 3 = motor cable, 4 = thermistor cable

NOTE: Leave sufficient cable length to allow the SEP and drive panels to be moved from
behind the ropes to the maintenance position.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 197 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20.1 Overview (KDM40)

1. Machine
2. Drive panel
3. KDA module 1 10
4. Shaft electrification
panel, (SEP)
5. Maintenance access
panel (MAP) 9
6. Car
7. Customer cables: 13
– main supply cable
– lighting supply
(if applicable)
2 12
8. Travelling cables
9. Motor supply
10. Motor connections
– brake supply 3 5
– thermistors
– encoder
11. Shaft bundle
12. Maintenance access 4
panel connections 7
13. Elevator shaft lighting

12
6

8
11

1077237.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 198 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20.2 Installing SEP and drive panels, KDA module, brake resistor and
trunkings (KDM40)

NOTE: For exact location of the components, see delivery documents.

1. Install the drive panel, KDA module and SEP panel.

Wall fixing: Use drilling template when drilling fixing holes for the drive and KDA module.
Check the free space for cooling above (200 mm) and on the right hand side (50 mm) of
the drive module.

1 1

1 1

2 2

2 2

1077213.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 199 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Fixing with brackets:


Adjust the wall fixing brackets so that panels are reachable from the car roof. Check the
running clearance between the car and the panels. Check the free space for cooling
above (200 mm) and on the right hand side (50 mm) of the drive module.

1080284.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 200 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

2. Install the metal plate trunkings.


3. Install the 2 m piece of trunking beside the drive panel.
4. Install the emergency battery drive unit.

EBD

1077229.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 201 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20.3 Machine cables (KDM40)

WARNING: Ensure that the power supply is safely locked off. See AM-01.03.002.

U U V U
V V U V XMEN5
W W W W
U,V,W
PE
A B

XBR1
XBR2
XT1

1077218.wmf

Cable To drive / KDA module


Thermistor cable XT1
Machine supply cable (note phases, A = right handed, B = left handed) U, V, W, PE
Brake cable XBR1, XBR2
Encoder cable XMEN5
Use delivered adapter rings at machine supply cable entry (C). Do not tighten the entry nuts outside
the drive panel, use tightening tool inside the drive panel.
Check that all connections are clean and clamps are secure.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 202 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20.4 Cabling: MAP - KDA module, SEP - KDA module (KDM40)

XL5
XW1
XL6 XD5
XLG1
L1,L2,L3
PE
XBAT1 XD1

T1,T2,
T3,PE
X4

XM14

XD1

1077227.wmf

Cable From MAP To KDA module


Supply cable T1, T2, T3, PE L1, L2, L3, PE
Speed information cable XL6 XLG1
LWD cable XL5 XW1

Cable From SEP To KDA module


Safety chain cable XD1 XD5
Battery backup cable XM14 XBAT1
LCE cable X4 XD1

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 203 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

20.5 Cabling: KDA - drive module

X4 X6
XMEN1 X7
L1,L2,L3
X8

1
X20
PE 5

4
3
1077228.wmf

Cable No. From To


KDA module Drive
Power supply cable 1 201/1,3,5,PE L1,L2,L3,PE
Signal cable 2 KDA/XD4 367 I/O board/X4
3 DCBG/XEIN1 367 I/O board/XMEN1
4 DCBG/XRS1 367 I/O board/X6
DCBG/XAP1 367 I/O board/X7
Main contactor control 5 KDA 201:1/13 and XRD/1 367 I/O board/X8
DC link charge 6 KDA F298/1 and 3 385/X20
NOTE: KDA ends of cables are pre-connected

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 204 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21 CABLES: SEP-MAP, MAIN SUPPLY, KRM

Quality Requirements:

Cables
– routed and connected according to the AM, free of
obstruction
– plugs properly inserted into sockets
– all ‘screw clamp’ type cable terminations must be
checked for correct tightness
– all ‘screw type’ cable terminations tightened, ensure no
loose cable strands
– earthings checked
– cable grounding / shields to be correctly clamped
– check for evidence of damage

1076669.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed / routed cables causes:
– obstruction for moving parts (doors, car etc.)
– obstruction for MAP interface users
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets can cause Method tools needed:
unnecessary disconnections Man riding hoist
– damaged cables can cause intermittent faults
– loose ‘screw type’ terminals cause unnecessary Hand tools needed:
disconnections Tape measure, spirit level, pencil, hammer drill, hammer, side
cutters, electrical terminal screwdriver

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 205 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.1 Installing load weighing sensor, OSG cables and topmost lighting unit

1. Route fix and connect the load weighing sensor cable (140) and overspeed governor
cable (127). Leave minimum 100 mm space between the cables when they are parallel to
each other.
2. Install the topmost (halogen) lighting unit. Route and connect the lighting cable (157).
Note: In high headroom situations, light unit must be accessible from the car top.

KDL16S

XLG1

KDM

XW1
1079279.wmf

Cable From To
LWD cable Load weighing device MAP / LOP-CB / XL4
LWD cable (in case of VDI) Load weighing device / KDA module / XW1 (KDM)
VTC board KDL16S drive / XLG1
OSG cable Overspeed governor MAP / LOP-230 / XLH6
Lighting cable Shaft light MAP / H157

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 206 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.2 Wiring between SEP and MAP

1. Route and connect cables between the SEP and the MAP. Tie excess cables (coming
from bottom of the MAP) behind the toe guard of the topmost landing door.

XM5
X1
XL1 ** XL1
LCEREC

XM5
LCECPU

* 274
XM3
XH2 LCE230

XM7

T1,T2
XLH2
XLH1
XLH8

1076583.wmf

From SEP To MAP


LCEREC / X1 220 / T1, T2 *) Place plastic bush over
LCEREC / XM5 LOP230 / XLH1 the cable entry
LCECPU / XL1 LOP-CB / XL1
**) IVC (in case of VDI)
LCEADO / XM5 LOP230 / XLH2
Segmented shaft module
LCEADO / XM3, XH2 LOP230 / XLH8
LCEADO / XM7, earthing terminal 274

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 207 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.3 Connecting main supply cable to MAP

WARNING: Do not connect or disconnect any connectors when the power is on.

1. Check that the main switch is switched and locked off.


2. Route and connect the main supply cable.
3. Lock off the main switch (220).

1076590.wmf

21.4 Options

21.4.1 Remote alarm connections

1. Connect the remote alarm output cable to LCERAL / XM30 in the MAP.
2. Check the required alarm method. Set the required alarm transfer delay using
potentiometer S2.
3. If required, inhibit the remote alarm by setting switch S1 to OFF position.
4. Test and reset.

S1 = Alarm ON/OFF switch


S2 = Alarm delay time potentiometer
S3 = Reset alarm

NOTE: For more information on remote alarm


options, see delivery documents.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 208 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.4.2 Connections to LCEOPT board (SEP)

1. Route and connect all the cables to the LCEOPT board in SEP.

External input Connector Note


FID fire detection For the correct pins, see Remove the jumpers
External FRD firemen’s drive circuit diagrams. when connecting the
External OSS out of service switch cables.
Potential free only.

External output Connector


FRD firemen’s drive return X1
FRD firemen’s drive service
EPD emergency power drive mode X2
EPD emergency power drive running X3
EPD emergency power drive returned X3
OSS out of service indication X4
DAL-GP disturbance alarm X5

Cables from landings Connector Note


FRD firemen’s drive switch X5 Remove the jumpers
For the correct pins, see when connecting the
circuit diagrams. cable.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 209 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.5 Group connections

21.5.1 LEDs on LCEGTW board (SEP)

LED Function when LED is on Normal Colour


status
LIFT 24 V OK 24 VDC supply from elevator is OK On Green
GROUP 24 V OK 24 VDC supply from other elevator is OK On Green
LIFT FAIL Communication towards elevator CPU is not working properly Off Red
GROUP FAIL Communication towards other elevator is not working properly Off Red

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 210 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.5.2 Group elevator wiring (without segmented shaft power supply)

1. Switch the power off in each SEP.


2. Connect the group cables (XG1A-XG1B, XG3A-XG3B) and the end resistors.
For order of the SEP panels, see delivery documents.
3. Switch the power on in each SEP.
4. Check that GROUP 24 V OK LEDs are lit.

XG3B XG3B
1. SEP 2. SEP

XG3A XG3A

XG1B XG1B

XG1A XG1A

LCEGTW LCEGTW

*)
1007548-1.wmf

*) Option (duplex advanced), see delivery documents. Check also the end resistor positions.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 211 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

21.5.3 Group elevator wiring (with segmented shaft power supply)

1. Switch the power off in each SEP.


2. Connect the group cables (XG1A-XG1B, XG3A-XG3B) and the end resistors.
For order of the SEP panels, see delivery documents.
3. Switch the power on in each SEP.
4. Check that GROUP 24 V OK LEDs are lit.

LCECPU561

XG3B
XG3B XG3B
XG3A XG3A XG3A

XG1A XG1A
XG1B XG1B

LCEGTWO

1078878.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 212 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

22 INSTALLING TRAVELLING CABLES

Quality Requirements:

Travelling cables
– installed according to instruction (400 mm loop)
– cable markings (text) towards shaft wall
– plugs properly inserted into sockets, cable terminations
tightened, earthings checked
– cables not under strain
– excess travelling cable to be correctly stored under the
car, NOT tied to the travelling cable loop

1010388.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed travelling cables causes:
– excessive strain to cables and unnecessary
disconnections
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– incorrect running loop / height can cause potential Method tools needed:
snagging and damage to the travelling cables on guide Man riding hoist, unwinding tool
brackets and by rubbing on the shaft wall
– incorrect running loop (text towards car) can cause Hand tools needed:
broken wires inside the travelling cables Phillips screwdriver, side cutters

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 213 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

22.1 Installing travelling cables

1. Connect travelling cables to the SEP (marking XC = SEP side connectors).


2. Fasten the travelling cables to the hanger. Writing* on the cable must face the shaft wall.
3. Lower the travelling cables to the pit as a loop. Move them over the car sill and further to
the other side of the car. Ensure that the cables do not get twisted.
4. Secure the cables temporarily to the car top balustrade.

XC11
LCECPU
XC12

1007445.wmf

LCE230 XC3
XC4
XC1

1010388.wmf
1078883.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 214 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

23 ELEVATOR SHAFT WIRING

Quality Requirements:

Elevator shaft lighting


– installed according to layout drawing

Shaft bundle
– installed and connected
– ensure LCEFCB jumper is set correctly (single entrance
or TTC)
– ensure end of line resistor is in place

Landing toe guards


– installed at each landing
– fixed securely in vertical plane (to prevent obstruction to
car door coupler)

1076670.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed shaft lighting causes:
– inadequate lighting levels 5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Incorrectly installed shaft bundle causes: Method tools needed:
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets or cables under Man riding hoist, telescopic support pole from plumbing jig
strain can cause unnecessary disconnections
Hand tools needed:
Incorrectly installed landing toe guards causes:
Tape measure, pencil, spirit level, hammer drill, hammer,
– interference / damage to the car door coupler
pliers, Phillips screwdriver, battery drill / driver, side cutters

5S Installation Progress Report


N/A

QD-181.211
N/A

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 215 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

WARNING: During electrification work the power must be off. Ensure that the power to
the main supply cable cannot be turned on. Remove fuses and lock the main switches.
Notice the separate lighting supplies.

NOTE: This section describes the shaft wiring without trunking. For more information on
elevator shaft wiring with trunking, see APPENDIX E. Elevator shaft wiring with trunking.

23.1 Shaft lighting

1. Install the elevator shaft lighting. Install the light units to horizontal position (if possible)
with the lamps pointing downwards. Install the lowest light unit to vertical position.
Note: In high headroom situations, topmost light unit must be accessible from the car top.
2. Drill holes for signalling cable and door lock cable fixings at each landing.
0.5m
max

6m
0.5m 2
50
mm
6m

1078679.wmf
6m

max. 0.5m

1027379.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 216 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

23.2 Installing shaft wiring

NOTE: For more information on elevator shaft wiring without trunking, see AM-10.60.028.
For more information on elevator shaft wiring with trunking, see APPENDIX E.
For more information on segmented shaft network, see section 23.4.
For the correct location of the shaft bundle, see the elevator layout drawings.

1. Install the connection and protection boxes. Do not drill through the holes on the box. Fix
the flat cables with wall plugs between the connection and protection boxes.
2. Connect the safety chain wires to MAP and signalization and alarm bell cables to SEP.

XLH4
XLH7
XH11

XH12

1076661.wmf

Cable To
Landing door contact (P122) / landing door lock contact SEP / LOP230 / XLH7
Tension weight contact / stop switch in the pit SEP / LOP230 / XLH4
Alarm bell cable MAP / LCECPU / XH11
Signalling cable (LCEFCB) MAP / LCECPU / XH12

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 217 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

23.3 Wiring at the landings

1. Connect the landing door lock cables (E) and DOM contact cables (F, optional).
D = dual entrance connection.
2. Connect the signalization cables. Leave 100 mm free cable ends at the landing side.
3. Connect optional devices** (alarm bell, fireman’s drive, key switch, locking of landing
calls, potential free contact, water sensor contact).
4. Secure signalling cable (at 1 m distances) and any extra cable lengths** to the flat cable.
5. If more than 8 floors, connect another flat cable(s)*.
6. Through type elevator: Check jumper X1 position.
Left (A) = front side door, right (B) = rear side door.

F E E

**
*
A B
X1
1076665.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 218 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

23.4 Installing segmented shaft network (if 16 served floors / group elevator)

NOTE: Segmented shaft network is used when there are more than 16 served floors
(including rear side served floors with through-type car). It feeds operating power for the
chain of FCB boards and signalization devices. Note that the control cabinet feeds power
to the first 16 served floors.

1. Split shaft network so that number of served floors in each segment is about equal. No
segment can have more than 16 served floors.
2. Connect the termination resistor (TX+ / TX-) in the lowest shaft network module.
3. Connect the termination resistor to the lowest LCEFCB/FOB board.

262:1/2

20
19
LCEFCB/LCEFOB
11
10
2
1
XS1 XS2
TX+
TX-

XS2
1077302.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 219 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

23.5 Installing support channel (optional)

1. If elevator with dividing beams or steel elevator shaft, use support channels to install the
shaft wiring components.

1068996.wmf 1068886.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 220 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

24 ELECTRIFICATION IN THE PIT

Quality Requirements:

Travelling cable
– not twisted
– cable markings (text) towards shaft wall
– installed according to instruction (400 mm loop)
– loops hang freely at the correct height (car on buffers)
• outer loop = 150 mm from pit floor
• inner loop = 100 mm from outer loop

Pit wiring
– electrification cables routed to avoid cable damage or
tripping hazards
– stop switch(es) must be installed to correct position
(within easy reach of lowest floor and pit)

Pit toe guard (side opening door cases)


– installed to comply with EN81:1 clause 5.7.3.3 b (code
reason = in cases where distance from car toe guard to
front wall exceeds 150 mm)
– also in rear side for TTC cases
1076648.wmf

Car bottom shoe adjustment


– ensure car shoe DBG gap is 1mm each shoe

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed travelling cables causes:
– excessive strain to cables and unnecessary
disconnections
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– incorrect running loop / height can cause potential Method tools needed:
snagging and damage to the travelling cables on guide Man riding hoist + ASGT
brackets and by rubbing on the shaft wall
– incorrect running loop (text towards car) can cause
broken wires inside the travelling cables Hand tools needed:
Tape measure, spanner (19 mm), pencil, hammer drill,
Incorrectly installed pit wiring causes: hammer, sprit level, Phillips screwdriver, side cutters, battery
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets can cause drill / driver
unnecessary disconnections
– incorrectly routed / secured cables in the pit can cause 5S Installation Progress Report
potential tripping hazards and damaged to the cables Shaft Wiring Complete

WARNING: If Fire Fighting elevator, ensure that the pit


electrification height is according to local code requirements QD-181.211
to prevent water ingress. IP Rating of enclosures must be in N/A
accordance with local codes, check delivery documentation.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 221 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

24.1 Finalizing car installation

1. Position the car to have safe access to the pit. Engage the safety gear.
2. Fix the floor to the bottom beam. Remove the buffer extensions one at a time to access
the fixing bolts. NOTE: Safety space MUST be maintained at ALL times!
3. Adjust the gap between car guide rails and car guide shoes to 1 mm. Shim as necessary.
4. Install the travelling cable hanger.
5. Install the compensation chain hanger (if applicable).
6. Install the ballast weights (if applicable) approximately centrally.
7. Tighten all the lowest wall fixing bolts.

1mm 3 1mm

5 4

6 1077617.wmf
7

DRAFT
Improved detail required how to install
these to the car, especially to suit the
updated sill profile (Not clamped, just
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 222 (340)
hooked on!) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

24.2 Installing electrification under the car

1. Position the car so that there is safe access to the pit. Engage the safety gear.
2. Fix the travelling cables to the hanger under the car. Adjust the travelling cable loops
according to the distance between the car and the car buffers.

=
=

400mm

100mm
150mm
1010076-1.wmf 1027312.wmf

3. Fasten the excess cable length (if any) to the car floor.
4. Lift the safety gear switch cable to car roof. Use car bottom alarm button as lift rope.
5. Install the car bottom alarm button to the travelling cable hanger.

1007475.wmf

1007474.wmf

Please update this


bracket type to the
new version shown
on the previous
page
DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 223 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

24.3 Installing pit electrification

WARNING: Check that the car is safely locked off and can not move.

NOTE: For more information on elevator shaft wiring with trunking, see APPENDIX E.
Elevator shaft wiring with trunking.

1. Install a 500 mm piece of trunking (*).


2. Install the lowest shaft lighting unit, lighting switch, pit stop switch and intercom socket.
The pit stop switch must be reachable from the pit and from the landing.
3. Connect the pit cables (OSG tension weight contact, pit stop switch, shaft lighting,
intercom socket, oil buffer contacts (if any) and any additional pit devices).
4. Check that an end connector is connected to the XS2 in the lowest board.

XS2

1076649.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 224 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

24.4 Installing pit toe guard

1. Install the pit toe guard (also for C-side if through type car). The lower end of the toe guard
must touch the pit floor.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 225 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25 CAR ELECTRIFICATION

Quality Requirements:

Car electrification
– electrification routed to avoid cable damage or tripping
hazards
– plugs properly inserted into sockets, earthings checked

COL (curtain of light)


– installed and aligned
– RX unit NOT installed to slam post side on side opening
doors

Limit switch ramps


– positioned to activate the final limit switch 40...60 mm
beyond terminal floor and break contact BEFORE car or
CWT contacts buffer

Magnets 1011161.wmf
– correctly positioned
– edge of position switch horizontally within 5...10 mm of
face of magnet

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed car wiring / electrification causes:
– plugs not inserted correctly to sockets can cause
unnecessary disconnections
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– incorrectly routed / secured cables on the car can cause Method tools needed:
potential tripping hazards and the cables can be Man riding hoist + ASGT
damaged leading to exposed hazardous voltages and
potentially hazardous short circuit situations
Hand tools needed:
Battery drill / driver, Phillips screwdriver, side cutters,
Incorrectly installed COL causes:
2 x spanner (8, 10, 13 mm), spanner (19 mm), pliers, allen
– unwanted activation failures from misaligned units
keys, tape measure, spirit level, hacksaw (if required to cut
– COL RX (receiver unit) installed to slam post side will
door operator bracket)
cause unwanted activation from light sources on
landings
5S Installation Progress Report
Incorrectly adjusted limit switch ramps causes: Lift Car Wired
– unwanted crash stopping from slight overtravel
– car / CWT striking buffers QD-181.211
QD 7 continued
Incorrectly adjusted magnets / switches causes:
– poor levelling accuracy
– unwanted re-levelling activations
– loss of elevator position / crash stopping drive faults

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 226 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.1 Magnet switches

NOTE: Clear the unnecessary tools and materials from the car roof.

Check the location and number of the car roof devices in the delivery documents. The main
principle is shown in the layout picture.

Switch Magnet strip and number Magnet fixing


61:U and 61:N Car position 120 mm magnet for each level Single car guide rail
switches
30 Door zone switch, front 270 mm magnet for each front Machine side car guide
side door rail
B30 Door zone switch, rear 270 mm magnet for each rear Separate bracket on the
side door counterweight guide rail
77:U Deceleration switch 80 mm magnet at the top part of Single car guide rail
upwards the elevator shaft
77:N Deceleration switch, 80 mm magnet at the bottom Machine side car guide
downwards part of the elevator shaft rail
77:S Synchronisation switch 80 mm magnet between the Separate bracket on the
(if 77:N is not between two lowest and second lowest floor, counterweight guide rail
lowest floors or if 77:U is not 80 mm magnet between the
between two topmost floors) topmost and second topmost
floor

1. Shaft bundle
2. Trap door contact (option)
3. Car top connection box B30
4. Door operator 77:S
5. Photo cell amplifier / COL
amplifier 2
6. Travelling cable 61:U, 61:N 30
77:U 77:N

CAUTION: Note the positions of 3 4 5 6


77:U and 77:N to ensure the 1
clearance for the safety gear
passing the magnets.
1077566.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 227 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.2 Installing car top connection box

CAUTION: Use only short screws delivered with the car to install components on the
plywood roof.

1. Secure the travelling cables to the kick plate. Length of the larger cable inside the car top
connection box is 440 mm, smaller cable 380 mm.
2. Install the car top connection box on front side of the car, opposite to the machine. Do not
drill any through holes on the plywood roof.
3. Connect the travelling cables, see markings on the plugs. Connect earth wires to the earth
bar, check the connection tightness.

LCECCB

XT3 XT4

XT1 XT2

1078752.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 228 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.2.1 Connectors on LCECCB board

LCECCB board
XB1 - Final limit switch 51
XB2 - Safety gear contact 52
XB3 - Inspection station 42
XB4 - Rear door button B41 FAIL 24V OK BATTERY OK
XB5 - Safety lock 63 XB21 P1 XB1
30 L3 L1 L8 L2
XB6 - Trap door 57 L11 BATTERY 51
XB22
XB7 - Door contact front side 87 FUSE F2 OK
61U L12 XB11
INSULATION XB2
XB8 - Door contact rear side B87 XB23
TEST
61N L13
XB11 - Insulation test XB24
XB12 52
XB12 - Inspection station 24 VDC signals 42 24 V 42
B30 L14
XB3
XB25
XB13 - 230 VAC plug 45 77U L15
XB13

XB26 230 V 42
XB14 - Car light 44 77N L16 45 230V
XB27 XB14
XB15 - Car ventilation 43 77S L17 LIGHT 44
XB16 - Front door power supply XB28 XB4

84 XB15 B41
XB17 - Rear door power supply
A DOOR FAN 43
XB18 - To Car Operating Panel XB29 XB5
90 XB16
XB21 - Door zone switch front side 30 A PHOTOCELL DOOR A 63
XB30 230V
XB22 - Car position switch upwards 61:U
B84 XB17 XB6
XB23 - Car position switch downwards 61:N B DOOR DOOR B
230V 57
XB24 - Door zone switch rear side B30 XB31
B90
B PHOTOCELL XB7
XB25 - Deceleration switch, upwards 77:U XB32
XB26 - Deceleration switch, downwards 77:N
227
BATTERY
LCECCB 87
713713 H05
XB27 - Synchronisation switch 77:S XB34 44:2 XB8
XB28 - Door operator front side 84 XB35
EM. LIGHT
XB18 XT3 XT4 B87
XB29 - Photocell front side 90 65 COP
ALARM BELL XT1 XB33
XB30 - Door operator rear side B84 XT2 XB9

XB31 - Photocell rear side B90 KONEXION


XB32 - Battery 227 1010458.wmf

XB33 - KoneXion
XB34 - Emergency lighting for car roof
XB35 - Alarm bell 65
XT1, XT2, XT3, XT4 - Travelling cables

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 229 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.3 Installing electrification on the car roof

CAUTION: Handle the switches with care.

NOTE: To prevent tripping hazard, route the cables along the kick plates and the channel
on top of the structural ring. Tie them using cable ties.

1. Install the switches and oil lubricators (1). Connect the cables.
2. Set the distance between the 61:U and 61:N to 130 mm to ensure the correct levelling.
3. Route and connect the safety gear contact, car bottom alarm button, COP, trap door
contact (if any), blocking device and all other possible safety chain cables.
4. Route and connect the ventilation, car lighting and all the optional cables.
5. Install the KONEXION equipment. For more information, see appendices.
6. Route and connect the cable of the second COP (if any) to the normal COP.

B30
77:S

61:U
77:U
51
61:N

77:N

30

1077554.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 230 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.4 Install the provision for lift announcer

CAUTION: Use only short screws delivered with the car to install components on the
plywood roof.

1. Install the LCEOPT board in plastic box on the car roof. For more information, see delivery
documents.
2. Route and connect the cable from COP to LCEOPT board.

25.5 Install the intercom socket on the car roof

CAUTION: Use only short screws delivered with the car to install components on the
plywood roof.

1. Install the intercom socket to the car roof.


2. Route and connect the cable to XB9 on the LCECCB board at the car top connection box.
For more information, see delivery documents.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 231 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.6 Installing curtain of light

For more information on installing curtain of light, see AM-03.17.011.

25.6.1 Fixing curtain of light

CAUTION: Side opening doors: Install the transmitter TX at the slam post side.
Otherwise the car or lobby lighting may interfere and cause a fault operation in the
curtain.

Step Action Note


1 Fix both detector parts (the transmitter For railing type 2 when LL=700, 750 or
TX and the receiver RX) to the opposite 850 mm, cut off a piece from the fixing
ends of the sill. bracket.
Railing 1:
HH+254

5
2
94.5

0
L+1
L CL
1 TX
1064076.wmf

1. Buffer
2. Fixing for side opening door

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 232 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


Railing 2, centre opening door:

LL=700...850 LL=900...1100

5
LL+8 / LL+15

64.5
+8 5
LL +1
LL
CL CL 1011159.wmf

Railing 2, side opening door:

LL=700...850 LL=900...1100
9

CL
5

LL+5
64.5

1011160.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 233 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


2 Adjust the detectors in vertical position
in both directions.

HL=
2100mm

HL=
2000mm

6mm
1011161.wmf

1027471.wmf

1041530.wmf

4 Check the running clearance of the Minimum running clearance:


detectors at each landing. – 10 mm to landing door
Inspect the running clearance visually – 25 mm to wall
at top and bottom of the shaft.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 234 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.6.2 Routing the cables of the curtain of light

Centre opening
door 2

1. Cable tie
2. Cable behind
the operator
1

1011168.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Route the cables to the car roof. Avoid tight bends and sharp edges. Do
not over tighten the cable fixings.
2 Fix the cables properly using cable ties. Ensure that cables do not hit any moving
Fixing accessories are supplied in the objects (for example door panels,
plastic bag. landing doors)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 235 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.6.3 Connecting the cables

Step Action Note


1 Connect the cables direct to the 1. Drive 1
terminals in the door operator board. 2. Drive 2
3. Car
4. Transmitter
5. Receiver

45
44 X15
46

49
47 X16
48 X16 X15
1

3
4 5
X15 X16
TX RX
101119

2 Set the DIP switches.

1. Receiver lens
2. Pos. 1. Overconnection of single 1 on off
beam
3. Pos. 2. Set this to ON
3 on off
2
1011174.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 236 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.7 Installing ramps and magnets (driving up)

NOTE: For correct locations of ramps and magnets, see shaft vane diagrams.

1. Fit the limit switch ramps. The switch must start to operate 40...60 mm below the lowest
floor and 40...60 mm above the top floor. Electrical contacts must break before the buffer.
2. Place magnets for 61:N, 61:U and 30 (B30).
A = floor level, B = bottom ends at the same level
3. Place magnets for 77:U and 77:N (white mark of the lower magnet upwards, upper
magnet downwards). The magnet must be minimum 100 mm from a bolt or guide rail clip.
Raise/lower as necessary, horizontally in front of the switch (narrow detection area).
4. Optional: Place magnets for 77:S, dummy floors (floor to floor distance > 5 m) and 61
magnets for each 5 metre (at equal distances).

77:S
B30

2 3 4
77:S

77:U
**
*

61:U 30

77:N 77:S
=

A
5...10 mm
=

61:N B
**
*

1077731.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 237 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

25.8 Wiring of door operator and curtain of light (or photo cell)

Step Action Note


1 Connect the cables on the operator and Refer to the layout drawing.
route the cables outside of the kick
plates to the car top connection box.
Secure the cables with cable ties.

25.9 Installing car emergency light

1. Install the car emergency light to the car lintel.


2. Route and connect the cable to the car top connection box.

Can we have a picture of the emergency light being installed to


the lintel here?

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 238 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26 FINALIZING LANDING DOORS

Quality Requirements:

NOTE: These instructions are for installing


KES 201 landing doors.

Fire proofing materials


– installed

Carpet profile
– installed and aligned, no tripping hazards

Quality check performed


– inspect for any sharp edges and de-burr if necessary
– no scratches or dents
– no abnormal noises, normal noise level at 1 m distance
from moving door:
• normal = max 55 dB(A)
• impulse (e.g. reopening) = max 60 dB(A)

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly installed fire proofing materials causes:
– contact with doors causing damage to fire proofing
materials and doors
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
Incorrectly installed carpet profiles causes: Man riding hoist
– tripping hazards
– contact with doors which prevents smooth running
Hand tools needed:
Scratches or dents to doors causes: 2 x spanner (8 mm), spanner (15, 16 mm), hammer drill,
– poor visual appearance hammer, battery drill / driver, metal cutting shears, tape
– handover rejection by the customer measure, spirit level
5S Installation Progress Report
Doors and Frames Installed 100%

QD-181.211
QD 6 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 239 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.1 Uprights on slampost side (fire rated EI30/EI60/EI120-W doors)

1
4
3
5 6

Step Action Note


1 Install the 4 M5 bolts (1) to the slampost
stiffener brackets (2) using the nut (3).
2 Fit the insulation material (4) on the Always use gloves, protect your arms
stiffener brackets. and wear dust masks when handling the
insulation material.
3 Secure the insulation material with big
washers and nuts (5)(6).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 240 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.2 Uprights on non-slampost side

26.2.1 Frame door (fire rated EI30/EI60/W)

Step Action Note


1 Cut the small 150mm wide hard rockwool Always use gloves, protect your
plate into 4 pieces of 50 x 150mm strips (2). arms and wear dust masks when
2 Fit the strips evenly devided into the upright. handling the rockwool.
3 Apply 4 springs (3) to the hard rockwool (1). The spring height has to match
the 4 pieces of strips in the
upright.
4 Slide the hard rockwool plate under the top Shorten the hard rock wool plate
track bracket and over the strips. so that it fits into the upright.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 241 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.2.2 Frame door (fire rated EI120)

el120_h.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Install 2 insulation material blocks in the The blocks have to be installed with the
upright. expanding seal (A) positioned like in the
picture and the thin layer (B) in the
centre part of the upright.
2 Apply 4 springs to the blocks. Apply 2 springs for each block.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 242 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.2.3 Front door (fire rated EI30/EI60)

Step Action Note


1 Install the brackets (1) to the upright flange.
2 Cut the small 150 mm wide hard Always use gloves, protect your arms
rockwool plate into 4 pieces of 50 x 150 and wear dust masks when handling the
mm strips (2). rockwool.
3 Fit the strips evenly devided into the upright.
4 Apply 4 springs (3) to the hard rockwool The spring height has to match the 4
plate (4). pieces of strips in the upright.
5 Slide the hard rockwool plate under the Shorten the hard rock wool plate so that
top track bracket and over the strips. it fits into the upright.
6 Bend the brackets (1) to keep the hard rockwool plate in position.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 243 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.3 Fire trims (frame version only)

26.3.1 Sheet metal

vertical fire trim


horizontal
fire trim

vertical fire trim

Step Action Note


1 Fix the vertical fire trims to the door
frame using self-drilling screws.
2 Bend the straight fire trim back against The corner cut out in the fire trim is for
the wall to close the wall gap. the top track bracket.
The fire trims must overlap the The trim edge holds the rockwool in
rockwool on the “non slampost” side. position.
3 Fix the fire trims to the wall using nail
anchors.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 244 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.3.2 Soft adhesive

el120_d.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Open the package and cut 1.5 m long
stripe. m
2 Cut the remaining part in half. 1 .5

el120_f.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 245 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


3 Clean the wall surface from the dust.

4 Glue the short stripe horizontally on the


top of the door and the wall.
5 Glue the long stripes vertically to the
both side of the door.

ei120_c.wmf

6 Install 3 flat brackets to both uprights


with self drilling screws.
7 Bend them against the wall.
8 Fix them to the wall with anchor nails.

el120_e.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 246 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.4 Corner angles and wall gaps


1. 2. 2.

a1125dl.wmf

Step Action Note


1 Fit the front side extension panel corner Only for front version.
angles to the shaft wall using nail Match the slots in the corner angles and
anchors. the holes in the side extension panel.
Fix the corner angles to the side panels
using self drilling screws.
2 Fill the wall gaps of the frame and front version doors with the soft rock wool blocks
to comply with required fire ratings.

26.5 Top extension panel fire insulation (front version only)

Always use gloves, protect your arms and wear dust masks when handling the rockwool.

2. 3. 2.

Step Action Note


1 Cut holes in the hard rockwool plate for the top fixing profiles.
2 Fasten the hard rockwool panel to the horizontal beam using annealing wire and
washers.
3 Fill the top pocket with two soft rockwool slabs.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 247 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

26.6 Carpet profile

a31265xc

Step Action Note


1 Clip the carpet profile over to the Do not fit this before the floor finish is
landing sill. installed as the profile is not removable.
2 Use silicone or other suitable filler to Use extra screws to fix the carpet profile
close the gaps between the floor and to the landing floor if the floor is
the carpet profile. exceptionally curved.
3 If needed, knock the uprights evenly to
close the gap between the uprights and
the carpet profile.

26.7 Quality check

Step Action Note


1 Check the operation and appearance of
all doors.
For more detailed door quality
information refer to the AMD
Maintenance Standard AS-03.12.036.
2 Make sure there are no dents,
scratches or abnormal noises.
Normal noise level:
from door: 1 metre
from landing: 1 metre
speed level: 1 (normal)
Door moving: max. 55 dB(A)
Impulse (e.g. reopening): max. 60
dB(A)
3 Ensure the emergency key works
properly.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 248 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27 ROPING

Quality Requirements:

Ropes
– lubrication level checked
– rope lengths and equal tensioning checked
– lock nuts tightened, split pins installed
– lock nuts not leaning against split pins
– rope guards adjusted
– rope labels retained and stored in the MAP for future
reference

Compensation chains (if any)


– chain length checked
– no twists, runs free of obstructions

Car toe guard


– fixed securely in vertical plane (to prevent obstruction to
landing door rollers)

Manual brake release cable


– routed to prevent obstructions and contact with car or
landing doors
– correct type and number of fixings used
– bending radius > 100 mm 1077505.wmf

– adjusted to ensure brake operation

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly lubricated / tensioned ropes causes:
– extremely premature rope wear / replacement
– extremely premature machine sheave wear /
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
replacement Method tools needed:
Incorrectly adjusted rope terminations causes: Man riding hoist + ASGT, unwinding tool, work stool,
– noise, vibration and poor ride comfort
2 x telescopic support pole from plumbing jig, pulling rope,
Incorrectly adjusted rope guards causes:
– gap too small = rope(s) rubbing guard , noise / vibration, brake opening bolts (temporary, with delivery), telescopic
poor ride comfort and premature rope wear / pole, site trolley, rope clamp
replacement Hand tools needed:
– gap too big = potential loss of rope from pulley! Tape measure, 2 x spanner (8, 13, 19 mm), spanner (10,
Incorrectly installed car toe guard causes: 18 mm), side cutters, knife, ratchet + socket (13 mm), allen
– can cause interference / damage to the landing lock
key (6 mm), spirit level, hammer drill, battery drill / driver,
rollers
Incorrectly installed / adjusted brake release cable insulating tape, pliers, 2 x G-clamps
causes: 5S Installation Progress Report
– obstruction with moving parts / damage to cable Roping Complete
– adjusted too slack = unable to manually operate brakes
QD-181.211
– adjusted too tight = potential brake malfunctions
QD 7 commenced

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 249 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.1 Lubrication of suspension ropes

Elevator suspension ropes are lubricated completely during the manufacturing process.
However, long storage and installation times may reduce the effectiveness of lubricant
applied in manufacturing of the suspension ropes. Hence, re-lubrication already before
commissioning of the elevator may be required to guarantee the full service life of ropes,
machinery traction sheave and other rope pulleys.
There are five reasons for rope lubrication:
1. To protect the rope core from deteriorating.
2. To prevent friction between the wires, strands and core.
3. To guard against corrosion.
4. To optimise the position in traction sheave to get best friction.
5. To prevent damaging (wearing) of the traction sheave.

NOTE: It is essential to use correct amount of lubricant, because too little may not protect
the rope and too much can result in serious problems. (Frequent light application has
given the best results).

WARNING : Overspeed governor ropes must NOT be lubricated.

27.1.1 Determining the lubrication need

CAUTION: No definite time-dependent interval can be given for lubrication. Lubrication


need must be checked during new equipment installation because rope storage and
installation times can be relatively long.

Correctly lubricated rope should stick lightly to the glove when crabbing it by hand.
The lubrication of the suspension ropes is required if:
– the ropes are dry or the lubricant has become stiff
– there is red dust on the ropes or on the floor
– there is metal dust under sheave or pulleys
– the grooves of the pulleys are dry (no lubrication film on fingertip when wiping)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 250 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

CAUTION:

If the ropes get dirty during the roping:

- Do not clean them with any chemical cleaner, solvent


or diluent.
- Clean them gently using a brush or rag moistured with
rope lubricant.

27.1.2 Lubricants

For more information on acceptable lubricants, see AS-01.01.010 - Lubricant


recommendation instruction.

27.1.3 Lubricating ropes

For more information on lubricating the ropes, see AM-09.01.006.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 251 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.2 Roping principle

NMX07 NMX11

2
4
1 31 4
5 6

2 2 31
3 4 5

12 12
1 34 34
23 5
4 5 6

1 1
21 32 432
43 54 65

12 12 12
34 34 34
5 56 1075348.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 252 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.3 Preparations

1. Ensure the access to the pit and to the car roof.


2. Make a pull rope loop round the car. Note the routing between the car guide rails.
Lower the rope ends from the car roof, tie them together in the pit. Tidy the rope tails with
tape.
3. Use G-clamp for rope guiding.

500

1075349.wmf

4. Place the remaining counterweight filler weights:


•onto the top beam at the car roof (check that the load is on the top beam)
OR
•inside the car (protect the car interior from any damage).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 253 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.4 Roping in the pit

1. Pull the suspension rope round the car. Fix the rope to the pull rope with cable ties.
2. Release the rope from behind the G-clamps. Secure the rope to the hand rail. Leave
approximately 1.5 m free rope end to ease rope end fixing at top of the shaft.
3. Repeat for the other ropes. Check that each rope end is equally long.
4. Route the suspension ropes round the diverting pulleys below the car.
5. Adjust the rope guards. Ensure that the ropes remain in correct order.
4
2
2

1 5

3mm
5

4
1075358.wmf

27.5 Attaching compensation chain under the car (optional)

1. Attach the compensation chain (if applicable). Expose minimum one free link of the chain.

1078749.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 254 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.6 Roping at top of the elevator shaft

1. Open the machine brakes. Use temporary bolts included in delivery.


2. Fix the car side rope end. The rope ends must be equally long.
Fit the rope grips. Tape the rope ends. Check that split pins are included.
3. Route the rope loop round the traction sheave. Lower the loop down to the counterweight.
4. Fix the counterweight side rope end.
5. Route the rope loop round the CWT pulley. Ensure that the ropes remain in correct order.

2
1200

3
1075359.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 255 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.7 Shortening the ropes

WARNING: Check that the car is heavier than the counterweight. Remove filler weights
one at a time from the counterweight frame to allow car to drive down.

1. Mark and loosen the ASGT rope grips* to prevent safety gear engaging when driving
down. Lift the counterweight frame 1350 mm above the pit floor.
2. Install the buffer spacer.
3. Install the oil buffer (if applicable).
4. Lower the counterweight frame slowly onto the telescopic pipes.
**In case of deep pit, extend the telescopic pipe length to 2000 mm. Lock with M12 bolts.
1 = piece of fabric
2 = cable tie
3 = G-clamp
4 = timber piece
5. Measure the distance X between the counterweight buffer and the buffer spacer.

4
*
1
2

2
3
1 1 4 **
X

5
2000

3 1077717.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 256 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

6. Calculate the distance Y (from the car sill to the landing sill or between top tracks**).

Y=X-A-B-C

A = overtravel: 100 mm (see layout)


B = rope stretch:
•3.75 mm per rope meter (fibre core)
•2 mm per rope meter (PAWO F3)
•1.83 mm per rope meter (PAWO F7S)
C = spring compression: 20 mm

7. Connect the ASGT rope. Adjust rope grips according to marking.


8. Position the car according to calculation Y (car sill below the topmost landing sill).
9. Shorten the ropes at the counterweight side rope fixing one at a time. Do not remove the
rope fixings.
10.Fit the rope grips. Cut and tape the rope ends. Check that split pins are included.

*
**
Y

1033741.wmf

1007524.wmf
Y

1033401.wmf

11.Remove the telescopic pipes below the counterweight.


12.Install the counterweight oil lubricators.

1078369.wmf

13.Remove the man riding hoist tension weight.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 257 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.8 Attaching compensation chain to counterweight

1. Cut the compensation chain to correct length.


2. Install the chain to the counterweight. Check that the distance from chain to the pit floor is
minimum 200 mm. Check that the chain is not twisted.
 200

1079216.wmf

27.9 Moving OSG rope in the large groove

1. Fit the overspeed governor rope in the large groove. Wear gloves.

1078686.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 258 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.10 Installing brake release cable

WARNING: Cable cover must be free to follow the brake release lever movement without
jamming. Minimum cable bend radius is 100 mm.

1. NMX07 machine: Remove the metal sleeve* from the manual brake release cable.
NMX11 machine: Do not remove the metal sleeve* from the manual brake release cable.
2. Connect the cable to the machine. Locate the nuts at cable end to middle of the threaded
bar to have adjustment tolerance in both directions.
3. Route the cable and pull the slack to the lever end.
4. Mark cable sleeve at position of lever handle sleeve socket.
5. Pull out minimum 300 mm of the wire rope towards the machine end so as not to damage
the wire rope.
6. Cut the sleeve and peel back 25 mm of the outer coating.
7. Push the brake release cable back into the sleeve and route into the lever. Note that
tightening clamp area and brake cable must have metal contact surfaces for sufficient
friction.
8. Adjust the cable tension. The brake levers must be in the centre position.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 259 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Please remove the 'machine


room' type machine from this
machine room less
manual :-)

5
m
0m
~5
3

NMX07 NMX11
2.2
~50

2.1 6

NMX11 8
7
90º

NMX07

1079369.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 260 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.11 Testing manual brake release operation

1. Pull the lever to brake open position. The cable must release the machine brake.
2. The car must move slowly and stop immediately when the lever is released.
3. The lever must return to the brake closed position by itself.
4. Store the lever inside the MAP.

1076094.wmf

1079301.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 261 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.12 Dismantling man riding hoist from car

WARNING: The car top balustrade must be set according to the layout drawing / EN81-1.

1. Secure the diverting pulley securing rope to second topmost guide rail bracket. Tie the
gate of the diverter pulley hook open.
2. Locate the car roof approximately 400 mm above the topmost landing.
3. Close the machine brakes. Roll the hoist rope on the reeler.
4. Connect the hoist hook to the hoist body. Drive the hoist out on the landing.
5. Remove the diverting pulley and securing rope. Work from the landing.

1033388.wmf

1033386.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 262 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.13 Finalizing car installation

1. Install the car toe guard working from the lowest landing. Align vertically with the front
edge of the car sill.
A = toe guard support, AMDC1
B = toe guard support, AMDC2
2. Install the car fans. Connect to the car top connection box.
3. Check the car balance. Relocate the ballast weights as necessary.
4. Adjust the car top balustrade height according to the local code and layout drawings.
5. Drill a screw to car top balustrade. Hang the OSG resetting stick. Secure with cable tie.
6. Install the document holder to the balustrade.

Move installing
car toe guard to
section 28.2,
can't do this till A B
car at bottom
floor.
1077506.wmf

1078759.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 263 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

27.13.1 Installing security ropes

WARNING: Risk of ceiling falling down from lock side. It is mandatory to install the
security wires. Install them properly.

1. Route the wires through the holes.


*) Emergency opening wire releases the ceiling lock from the car roof (roof with trap door).
**) Security wire prevents free fall of the ceiling.

**) *)

1077278.wmf

2. Fix the emergency opening wires:


– route the wire
– pull the wire so that the lock latch starts to turn
– tighten the wire lock and cut off the extra wire

GACL18nt.wmf 1077279.wmf

Bring all of the ceiling rope references to here.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 264 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

28 COMMISSIONING

Quality Requirements:

Prerequisites
– shaft components, machine, car, doors and ropes installed
– car and shaft electrification (including signalization) installed
– positioning magnets installed accurately according to shaft NOTE:
diagram If required by your frontline local
– man riding hoist removed from car code, the following tests MUST be
– car and CWT balanced
– electrification panel covers closed
performed and verified BEFORE
– OSG installed to final position the power is switched on!
– safety gear and OSG operation checked
Commissioning for inspection drive – Earth Continuity (max value = 0.5 )
– terminals, connections, earthings, cable routings checked
– construction time power supply connected (if required, KDL16S)
– Insulation Resistance to Earth
– construction time power supply earth screw temporary removed (min value = 1 M)
(if required, KDM40)
– LON protocol performed
– drive parameters, dip switches set
– motor direction, encoder polarity checked
– safety chain checked, RDF and inspection
Commissioning for rated speed
– LWD adjusted
– shaft setup performed
– levelling accuracy checked
Final steps
– car and CWT balanced
– CWT screen installed to final position
– oil collectors installed
Fine adjusting
– elevator running to optimum performance
!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT
STABILIZE

Poor adjustment of parameters and fine tuning causes:


5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– elevator fails to run to optimum performance
– poor ride quality Method tools needed:
– possibility of drive faults and break downs N/A
Hand tools needed:
NOTE: In case of PC board replacement Construction time power supply tool (battery &
Incorrect storage / handling of PC boards can cause: lead), electrical terminal screwdriver, multimeter,
– component / board damage spanner (7 mm), 2 x spanner (19), TORX
– component / board failure screwdriver (T10), Phillips screwdriver, multigrip
For more information, see AS-12.02.001. pliers, allen keys, thin screwdriver for adjusting
potentiometers (LWD), test weights
5S Installation Progress Report
Roping Complete
QD-181.211
QD 7.1 commenced

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 265 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

28.1 Prerequisites

28.1.1 Health and safety at work

Mandatory Note
Observe the requirements of your national In case of conflict between the Code and
Elevator Regulation Code. the present commissioning instructions, rely
on your Code.
Be extremely careful when working with the There are high voltages:
electric components and their enclosures. – in the main circuit capacitors (>500 VDC)
Refer to AM-01.03.002 Take 5. and on the inverter board
– in the safety chain and inside the shaft
electrification panel (230-400 VAC)
Inverter drives remain energised for about 5 minutes after the power has been
disconnected. DO NOT work on the drive, hoisting motor or braking resistors until you have
verified that this energy has been discharged. Test equipment must be set to the 1000 V
DC range. The test equipment must be checked before and after the test to ensure it
functions correctly. While the LED DANGER is ON on the inverter board, there are high
voltages in the drive module.
When making electrical connections in the Car light is not controlled by the main
elevator shaft or in the car, the power must switch 220 in maintenance access panel.
be turned OFF from the main switch (220) This circuit has its own switch.
and car light supply (262) in maintenance Refer to AM-01.03.002 Take 5.
access panel.
No personnel are permitted in the elevator shaft during this phase.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 266 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

28.1.2 Prerequisites and preparations

Before starting the commissioning, check that the following basic things have been done:

Item Done
Elevator shaft installation.
Machine installation.
Car installation.
Car and landing door installation.
Rope installation.
Car and elevator shaft electrification including the signalling devices.
The positioning magnets are installed accurately according to the shaft diagram.
The man riding hoist is removed from the car.
Car and counterweight are balanced.
Covers of the electrification panels are placed.
Overspeed governor is installed to the final position.
Safety gear and overspeed governor operation checked.

WARNING: The elevator first run must always be made from the MAP with the car
positioned so that there is access to the car roof from the MAP level.

WARNING: No people are allowed to be on car roof.

CAUTION: The hoist must be removed from the car, the parking plate must be in position
and the parking bolt must be retracted.

WARNING: If it is necessary to reroute the cables remember safe operation method.


1. Check that the drive DANGER LED (D1) is illuminated.
2. Switch the power OFF from the main switch (220)
3. Wait at least 5 minutes before touching the cables.
4. Check that the drive DANGER LED (D1) is NOT illuminated.
5. If possible measure from connectors that the voltage is on safe level.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 267 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction
Comment and pictures needed about the CWT over-
travel dimension sticker (For on-site use, fitter
records the data on the sticker for future
maintenance purposes)

28.2 Commissioning

WARNING: The tests for earth continuity and insulation resistance must be performed
BEFORE the power is switched on for the first time!

Perform the commissioning for inspection drive and commissioning for rated speed according
to the drive type:

Drive type Instruction


KDL16S AM-11.65.045, Machine-room-less Elevators with KDL16S Drive, Installing,
Commissioning and Safety Inspection
KDM40 AM-11.65.042, KDM drive system for MonoSpace® and MonoSpace®
Special: installation, commissioning and safety inspection

NOTE: The remaining counterweight filler weights will be loaded to counterweight during
the commissioning. Refer to relevant commissioning instruction.
NOTE: For more information on the balancing load, see APPENDIX B.
NOTE: Check the safety gear gap (3 mm) after commissioning.

1. Place all the remaining filler weights to the counterweight, split filler weights to top.
2. Fit the counterweight clamps. We raised a safety concern during Karhu that
3. Install the counterweight screen to final position. the lego filler weights can lift in the middle
4. Fit the oil collectors to the guide rails. during a high speed impact and fall out of the
frame.........we are waiting on the outcome!!!

1077272.wmf

Please add another note


2 fixings only to read as follows: DRAFT CWT screen is 2360mm
long and must be mounted
NOTE: finally check the
at 140mm from pit to
Copyright ©2012adjustment of the rope
KONE Corporation 268 (340) achieve 2500mm code AM-01.01.250
guards
All rights reserved. (Car & CWT)
Please add small height to top (Draft A) 2012-08-28
of screen
pictures also.
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

28.3 Final steps of commissioning

28.3.1 Balancing the empty car and counterweight

WARNING: No one is allowed to be on the car roof or in the elevator shaft.

CAUTION: Be careful while releasing the brakes. Do not let the car overspeed.

NOTE: If final car interior is added later:


Add an equivalent weight in the car for balancing purposes.
After the car interior has been installed, remove unnecessary weights from the car and re-
adjust the offset and gain settings on the load weighing device.

1. Drive car and counterweight to the same height in the elevator shaft.
2. Open the brake. Observe the speed/direction LEDs. The car must not move.
3. Repeat the test with the car a little higher and a little lower until the empty car and
counterweight are balanced. Add or remove filler weights as necessary.
4. Check that the rope tensions are equal at both rope anchorages. The rope clips must not
rub each other or the ropes.
max 3mm

1007537-1.wmf

1076096.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 269 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

28.3.2 Adjusting slack rope switch

1. Check the 3 mm distance.


2. Check the 1.5 mm distance.
3. Adjust the switch position.
4. Connect the cable to XLH3 on LOP-230 board in the MAP.
1
3

~0 .
5
±0.5
2
3mm

1.5
1027503.wmf

1027496.wmf

28.4 Fine adjusting

Perform the fine adjusting according to the drive type:

Drive
type Instruction
KDL16S AM-11.65.045, Machine-room-less Elevators with KDL16S Drive, Installing,
Commissioning and Safety Inspection
KDM40 AM-11.65.042, KDM drive system for MonoSpace® and MonoSpace® Special:
installation, commissioning and safety inspection

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 270 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29 COMMISSIONING OF THE CAR DOOR

Quality Requirements:

Car doors
– running smoothly with no noise
– closing quietly, no slam closing
– operating speed and door open dwell time according to
customer requirements
– closing force correctly adjusted

Curtain of light (COL)


– operating correctly
– correctly aligned
– RX unit NOT installed to slam post side on side opening
doors

1077323.wmf

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Incorrectly adjusted door parameters causes:
– doors fail to run to optimum performance
– increased probability of customer dissatisfaction
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
– increased probability of door drive faults, break downs Method tools needed:
etc. N/A
– door closing torque too low = possibly unable to close
doors
Hand tools needed:
– door closing torque too high = non compliance with local
Multimeter, allen keys, Phillips screwdriver, door force gauge
code requirements

Incorrectly installed / adjusted COL causes: 5S Installation Progress Report


– unwanted activation failures from misaligned units N/A
– COL RX (receiver unit) installed to slam post side will
cause unwanted activation from light sources on QD-181.211
landings QD 8 commenced

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 271 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.1 Layout of drive 10 electronic assembly

NOTE: For X1 connector, use terminal EXT GND on the door electronic assembly as the
reference when measuring the control signal voltage. EXT GND terminal must be
connected to the elevator control signal ground (-/24 V for TMS or EPB and so on). The
internal ground of the drive 10 board is connected to protective earth.

1. Test Drive Buttons


5
2. Reference switch
3. DIP switches S1 and S2
4. Closing force rotary
switch 1
5. LEDs
6. Learn button
Plug description:
X1 = Standard I/O
4
X3 = Transformer
secundary winding
S10
X4 = Motor
X5 = Battery supply 6
X10 = Motor encoder
X15 = Photo cell receiver
(curtain of light)
5
X16 = Photo cell 2 3
transmitter (curtain of light)
X40 = Test drive button

X16 X15
1077697.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 272 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.2 Layout of AMD drive 2 electronic assembly

2
X5 X4
X40
X6

3
X9 X10

X19

X15 X16 X17 X18 X1 X2

P02000343.wmf

1. Test Drive Buttons


2. Encoder
3. Motor
4. Reference switch

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 273 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Plug description:
X1 = Standard I/O
X2 = Extended I/O
X4 = Motor
X5 = Battery supply
X6 = Transformer secondary winding
X9 = Transformer primary winding
X10 = Motor encoder
X15 = Photo cell 1 (curtain of light)
X16 = Photo cell 2
X17 = Mechanical safety edge 1
X18 = Mechanical safety edge 2
X19 = Board line in
X40 = Test drive button

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 274 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.3 Testing factory adjusted door operation

CAUTION: Door operators which are delivered directly from the factory are pre-adjusted:
the learning phase is already completed and the closing force potentiometer has been
adjusted.

NOTE: At power up - in normal drive, if the door is not at the reference switch (close end
position) it will move at low speed until the close end position is found.
After finding the reference switch (close end position) the door will move at normal speed.

Step Action Note


1 Switch on the inspection drive on the car roof. Switch on the power.
2 Check that the doors open and close The test drive buttons operate only when
when the test drive buttons are the elevator is in inspection mode (LED
pressed. SD/ X1 lit).
Check that the panels do not touch If necessary, the speed and closing force
each other or rattle and that the car settings can be fine tuned.
door operates smoothly.
3 Switch the elevator to Normal Mode As the control panel controls the
and close the landing doors. reopening, the elevator must be in the
Drive the car to the landing level. Normal Mode.
Check that the safety devices (open
button, photocells) reopen the door.

1077701.wmf
1077700.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 275 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.4 Adjusting closing force

Step Action Note


1 Open and close the door manually and The test drive buttons only function
check that there are no mechanical when the Service Drive input (SERV.
obstructions. DRIVE/X1) is set.
2 Drive the door with the CLOSE button
(or close command) to the close
direction.
3 Put a force measuring device between The maximum closing force is 150 N.
the closing door panels (centre For centre opening door, the measuring
opening) or between the door panel device will show half of the actual close
and slam post (side opening). force.
Do not attempt to measure the force of For side opening door measuring device
a moving door, stop it first. will show the actual closing force.
4 Adjust the closing force if necessary
using the potentiometer.

CLOSE
FORCE
1077706.wmf

Closing force increases when turning the


close force potentiometer clockwise.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 276 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.5 LEDs, drive 10

Protective device LEDs


45 +24V Name LED illuminated if
PC1
X15 44 IN +24 V The power of the photo cell is on
46 GND PC.1 IN Photo cell not interrupted
1077709.wmf

Lift interface LEDs


GND GND EXT Name LED illuminated if
17 CLOSE CLOSE CLOSE Command is on
16 OPEN OPEN OPEN Command is on
10 OPEN END OPEN END Door is in open end position
30 REOP IN

31 REOP NC REOPEN Reopen NO (Normally Open) contact is


X1 32 REOP NO closed = reopen request is activated
SD SERV DRIVE SERVICE DRIVE Elevator Inspection drive is active
14 OPEN BUTT OPEN BUTTON Door open button is pressed
41 PC OUT PC OUT Beam of photo cell is not interrupted
9 CLOSE END CLOSE END Door is in close end position
+24V EXT +24 V EXTERN External +24 VDC available
GND GND EXT

1077708.wmf

Miscellaneous LEDs
Name LED illuminated if
POWER Power of the board is on (24 VAC)

STATE Light: During start up and learning


Flashes if a fault is detected
WATCH DOG Blinking or light: microcontroller defect
1077710.wmf
Reference switch Doors are closed.

1078565.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 277 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.6 DIP-switches, drive 10

On Off Default
settings
S1/1 Speed selection, binary coded Off
S1/2 Off
MIN SPEED MAX
S1/3 Open force Open force limiter Off
S1 1 2 3 4 limiter in not in use
operation
ON

SP0 OFF ON OFF ON


1 2 3 4

S1/4 24 V COL 24 V COL supply Off


SP1 OFF OFF ON ON supply on off 1 second after
OFL commands
+24 V removed in close
end position
S2/1 Reopen IN Reopen IN “30” On
“30” connected potential free
S2 to GND EXT
ON

REOP S2/2 Open Button Open Button Off


1 2

breaks contact makes contact to


OPEN BUTT.
to +24 V EXT GND EXT
1077386.wmf

NOTE: When expanded I/O board is used with D10, set S1/4 on.

29.7 LEDs, drive 2

45 +24V
Protective device LEDs
X15 44 PC 1
IN
Name LED illuminated if
46 GND PC.1 IN Photo Cell 1 not interrupted
49 +24V PC.2 IN Photo Cell 2 not interrupted
PC 2
X16 47 IN M.SE.1 IN Mechanical Safety Edge 1 not pressed
48 GND
M.SE.2 IN Mechanical Safety Edge 2 not pressed
MSE 1
38 IN
X17 G GND

MSE 2
39 IN
X18
G GND

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 278 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

GND EXT. Lift interface LEDs


17 CLOSE Name LED illuminated if
16 OPEN CLOSE Close Command ON
10 OPEN
END
OPEN Open Command ON
30 REOP.
IN
OPEN END Door is in open end position
REOP.
31 NC REOPEN Reopen NO contact closed
REOP.
X1 32 NO SERVICE DRIVE Elevator Service Drive is active
SD SERV.
DRIVE OPEN BUTTON Open Button is pressed
OPEN
14 BUTT. PC OUT Beams of PC1 and PC2 are not
PC.
41 OUT interrupted
LIMIT
27 IN LIMIT IN Limited open command ON
+24V
EXT. +24V EXTERN External +24 VDC available
GND EXT. SPEED 0 Speed level 0 is selected
28 SP 0 SPEED 1 Speed level 1 is selected
29 SP 1
NUDGING Nudging command on
11 NUD
GING CLOSE END Door is in close end position
X2 9 CLOSE
END SE OUT Mechanical safety edges 1 and 2 are not
13 SE.
OUT obstructed
40 POS.
OUT POS. OUT Door open > 800 mm

Voltage selection LEDs


LED LO (H23) LED HI (H22) Line voltage selected
OFF OFF Line voltage selected = 400V range
OFF ON Line voltage selected = 230V range
ON ON Line voltage selected = 115V range
ON OFF Not used

Miscellaneous LEDs
Name LED illuminated if
5 V POWER Board powered (5 V)
WATCH DOG Blinking or light: µP-defect
STATUS Light: During start up and learning
Flashes if a fault is detected
24 V POWER Power Supply for door protective devices is on

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 279 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.8 DIP-switches, drive 2

Example Switch ON OFF


S1 S1/1 Photo Cell 1 Photo Cell 1 enabled
disabled
ON
1

PC 1
S1/2 Photo Cell 2 Photo Cell 2 enabled
2

PC 2 disabled
S1/3 Mechanical safety Mechanical safety edge 1
3 4

MSE 1
SPEED MAX
MIN
MSE2 edge 1 disabled enabled
1 2 3 4
SP 0 OFF ON OFFON S1/4 Mechanical safety Mechanical safety edge 2
5

edge 2 disabled enabled


SP 1 OFFOFF ON ON
6

S1/5 Speed selection, binary coded, see the figure


7

OFL
S1/6
RAIL 1
8

P02000349.wmf
S1/7 Open force limitation No open force limitation
active
S1/8 Drive attached to Drive attached to railing 2
railing 1 (ADV
railing)
CAUTION: Do not use this
for railing 1. The railing and
belt can be damaged.

Example Switch ON OFF


S2 S2/1 Reopen IN “30” Reopen IN “30”
connected to GND potential free
ON
1

REOP
S2/2 Open Button brake Open Button makes
OPEN
2

BUTT. contact to +24V contact to GND

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 280 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

29.9 Commissioning of curtain of light

Step Action Note


1 2D curtain of light: 2D/3D curtain of light:
Check that the red LED in the receiver
at about 1700 mm height is lit when the It is also possible to measure the signal
beams are obstructed. line change from GND to 24V if any
obstruction is detected.
3D curtain of light:
Check that the red LED at about On the heavy duty operator beam
1900 mm height in receiver is lit when obstruction is indicated by a green LED
the beams are obstructed or when the on the PC1 input (number 44).
3D sensor (in either receiver or
transmitter edge) is detecting an
obstruction.
The red LED in transmitter will only be
on when the 3D sensors of the
transmitter edge are detecting an
obstruction.

29.9.1 Fault finding

If LEDs are OFF, but doors do not close

Step Action Note


1 Check cables and supply.
2 Check that the signal output is not
disconnected from the door operator or
maintenance access panel.
3 Check that the door operator or If the doors do not close the problem lies
maintenance access is responding the within the control system.
signals by connecting the signal input
to GND. The doors should close.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 281 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

If LED in receiver is ON but doors do not close

Step Action Note


1 Check that the 24 V supply is present on the transmitter unit.
2 Check that the curtain beams are not obstructed.
3 Check that the filters are not dirty.
4 Check that the distance between the units is not greater than the maximum
specified.

If doors attempt to close and then re-open (3D curtain of light)

Step Action Note


1 Check that the 3D sensors are not detecting any obstruction caused by:
– landing doors during door closure
– opposing slam or landing entrance
– the installation bracket
2 Observe the LEDs in transmitter and Both LEDs lit: problem in transmitter.
receiver units during door closure to Receiver LED lit: problem in receiver.
find out which side is causing problem.
Transmitter problem:
Turn switch 2 in the transmitter unit dip switch to OFF position to disable the 3D
function.
If the doors now close correctly, turn switch 2 to ON position and turn switch 1 to
OFF position to reduce its 3D.
Receiver problem:
Turn switch 2 in the receiver unit dip switch to OFF position to disable the 3D
function.
If the doors now close correctly, turn switch 2 to ON position and turn switch 1 to
OFF position to reduce its 3D.

If none of the previous possibilities resolves the problem, substitution of both units is
necessary.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 282 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

30 FINAL STEPS AND ELEVATOR SHAFT CLEANING

Quality Requirements:

Final steps and elevator shaft cleaning


– levelling accuracy checked
– emergency battery drive function checked
– complete installation cleaned and waste removed

Guide rail lubrication


– oil lubricators must be filled with the correct oil
(supplied)
– oil lubricators must be adjusted to ensure
• correct contact with guide rail surfaces
• correct oil flow distribution

!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT


STABILIZE
Failure to perform shaft cleaning causes:
– poor ride comfort as dirt contaminates the guide rail oil
– smooth operation of doors is affected by dirt collecting
5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
on / in the sills / railings Method tools needed:
– possible slip and trip hazards Safety barrier

Failure to lubricate the guide rails causes:


Hand tools needed:
– ride comfort issues (noise / vibration)
Tape measure, Phillips screwdriver, 2 x spanner (19 mm),
– drive faults / failures
brush, vacuum cleaner
– premature shoe liner wear

5S Installation Progress Report


Commissioning + testing completed

QD-181.211
QD 7.1 and 8 completed

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 283 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

30.1 Correction of parameter settings

Before driving on the car roof, change the parameter 1_71.

Step Action Note


1 Check the setting of the parameter If the value of parameter 1_71 is
1_71. something else than 0, change it to 0.
The setting of parameter 1_71 MUST
BE 0. Otherwise the car drives too
high on inspection drive.
Inspection drive stops latest at the
terminal floor level.

30.2 Checking the levelling accuracy

Step Action
1 Drive in the car to each floor from both directions.
2 Measure the difference between the car and landing sill levels at each landing.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 284 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

30.2.1 Adjustment of the levelling if necessary

Step Action
1 If levelling needs adjustment, drive to the topmost floor and go to the car roof.
2 Check that the distance between the If this distance is correct, but the elevator
61:U and 61:N switches is 130 mm. is relevelling, adjust this distance to
This setting defines the normal 125 mm and repeat the setup.
stopping point.
3 Drive on the car roof and correct the magnet positions.
4 Leave the car roof and repeat setup if any adjustment was made.
5 Re check the levelling accuracy by driving to each floor on normal drive.
6 Repeat checking, if needed.

30.3 Volume adjustment (audible feedback)

Step Action Note


1 Select the main menu "7" at the User-Interface.
2 Select the submenu for the volume 7_80 Button Buzzer Volume
adjustment. 7_81 Button Buzzer Volume, Main Floor
7_82 Gong Volume
7_83 Gong Volume, Main Floor
3 Adjust the parameter value of the The value range is from 0 (OFF) to 10
submenu with up and down keys of the (MAX).
user interface.
4 Press ACCEPT. Stores the new values.
5 Switch the power off and on. This action transfer the new values to
the signalisation devices.

30.4 Group locking function

LMC function (Locking of Multiple Car calls) allows the locking of multiple car calls using the
key switch(es) on the KSS car operating panel. The locking groups are configured using the
car operating panel and User Interface. For more information refer to 812232.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 285 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

30.4.1 LMC configuration

Step Action Note


1 Drive the car to the floor where the maintenance access panel is located.
2 Turn the elevator to RDF.
3 Set the LMC setup mode parameter Value 1: setting the locking group 1
(1_5) to 1 (or 2). Value 2: setting the locking group 2
4 Configure the locking group by pushing To remove the locked call from the
the car call buttons. The collars of the locking group push the button again. The
buttons light up. collar lights down.
5 Store the locking group configuration by The value of the LMC setup mode
pushing one of the door open buttons parameter (1_5) changes back to 0
on the car operating panel. automatically.
6 Set the locking type parameter (1_45) to 1 or 3 to enable car calls locking.
7 Switch the power OFF.
8 Turn the RDF OFF.
9 Switch the power ON and verify the locking operation.

30.4.2 Resetting the LMC configuration

Step Action Note


1 Turn the elevator to RDF.
2 Set the LMC setup mode parameter Value 100: reset all the groups
(1_5) to 100, 101 or 102 to reset the Value 101: reset only the first group
locking groups. Value 102: reset only the second group
3 Turn the RDF OFF.

30.5 Emergency lighting battery and KONE remote monitoring

Step Action Note


1 Connect the emergency lighting battery If the elevator main switch is switched off
plug “227 Battery” in the car roof disconnect the emergency lighting
electrification unit. battery temporarily to prevent
unnecessary discharging. Note that
landing calls do not operate when the
battery is disconnected.
2 Make settings for KONE remote monitoring (KRM) according to section APPENDIX
C. on page 307.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 286 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

30.6 Emergency battery drive (EBD-A) test

Step Action Note


1 Enable EBD-A mode in maintenance access panel.
Action Display
Push MENU button until number 1 1 __ __
shows on the MENU display.
Push ACCEPT button. Number 1 1 _1 __
shows on the SUBMENU display.
Push ^ - button until number 87 shows 1 87 __
on the SUBMENU display.
Push ACCEPT button once. A blinking 1 87 _0, where 0 is blinking
number 0 shows on the VALUE display.
Push ^ - button until number 1 shows 1 87 _1, where 1 is blinking
on the VALUE display instead of 0.
Push ACCEPT button to confirm the 1 87 _1, where all the numbers are
selection, all the numbers are steady. steady
2 Switch the power OFF. This action restores the setting.
Switch the power ON.
3 Run the elevator in normal mode.
4 When the elevator is between floors, Do not switch OFF 220.
switch OFF the main supply to the riser. After 10 seconds EBD-A should start to
supply power to the control panel, the
car should drive to the nearest floor level
CAUTION: After the EBD-A has and the doors open.
operated wait 20 minutes before After 4 seconds doors should be
running the elevator. completely open and EBD-A switched
This is to ensure a proper cooling of OFF.
the internal components and to
prevent possible failures.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 287 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

30.7 Testing the compensation chain

Step Action Note


1 Test drive the elevator rapidly up and
down.
If the compensation chain hits the wall
of the car or swings strongly during the
drive. Reduce the dimension L slightly.

1033259.wmf

30.8 Elevator shaft cleaning

Step Action Note


1 Clean the headroom.
2 Clean the brackets and guide rails.
3 Clean the doors and landings.
4 Clean the car roof.
5 Clean the car interior.
6 Clean the pit.
7 Handle the waste (according to
regulations.)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 288 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

31 SAFETY INSPECTION

Quality Requirements:

Safety inspection
– all safety systems checked
– relevant documentation compiled and stored in the Site
Project binder, copies sent to local KONE branch office
• Safety inspection
• Test Sheets
• QD-181.211
!!! CAUTION - issues that affect reliability !!! SORT
STABILIZE

5S SHINE
STANDARDIZE
SUSTAIN
Method tools needed:
Safety barrier
Hand tools needed:
Multimeter, insulation resistance meter, handheld
tachometer, allen keys, Phillips screwdriver, tape measure,
testweights,2 x spanner (19 mm), pencil
5S Installation Progress Report
Commissioning + testing completed

QD-181.211
QD 7.1 and 8 completed

31.1 Safety inspection

Perform the safety inspection according to the drive type:

Drive
type Instruction
KDL16S AM-11.65.045, Machine-room-less Elevators with KDL16S Drive, Installing,
Commissioning and Safety Inspection
KDM40 AM-11.65.042, KDM drive system for MonoSpace® and MonoSpace® Special:
installation, commissioning and safety inspection

NOTE: Check that all safety gear marks are removed from the guide rails after safety
inspection.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 289 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

32 HANDOVER

32.1 Prerequisites

Before the handover procedure can take place, the safety inspection must have been
completed and passed.
The safety inspection also covers issues described in EN81 Annex D, which gives mandatory
actions from a code point of view, where EN regulations apply. It is also important to verify
that some of the issues in the handover form have already been checked during the safety
inspection.

32.2 Handover form

In the handover form there is a list of items that are assessed during the handover procedure.
Local practices determine whether it is necessary to specifically examine all the different
points on the list. However, both the installation and maintenance representatives must be
positive that the items listed are in an acceptable condition. The purpose of the form is that its
subscribers know that the installation meets KONE quality standards.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 290 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

E-line MonoSpace™
Date
Installation/Service Handover
General data
Elevator Number Elevator Address

Installation Representative Maintenance Representative

Handover Checks

Accepted
Yes No Why not?

Ride Quality

Levelling

Car & Signalization

Control panel

Brake

Machine

Traction sheave and ropes

Guide rails

Shaft

Doors
Landing door mechanical
Landing door locks and contacts
Car door mechanical
Car door electrical

O.S.G. and Safety gear

Pit

Installation accepted to maintenance


Yes No

If rejected, person responsible for corrective actions

Agreed deadline for completion of the work

Installation Representative Maintenance Representative

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 291 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

32.3 Installation quality checks

The following pages of this document contain a list which describes the required condition of
the installation in detail. Refer to it whenever you are unsure whether a component is in an
acceptable condition or not.
Ride quality
– There should be no vibration during the acceleration or deceleration.
– There should be no sudden movements or unexpected noises during the drive.
Levelling
– Maximum levelling deviation in either direction is ± 5 mm.
Car and signalization
– Push buttons and signalization should work as expected in the car and on the landings.
– Car lighting should operate correctly.
– Car emergency light should operate correctly.
– Decoration should be clean and free from scratches and dents.
– There must not be any unnecessary installation time protections, such as plastic coatings
left.
– Remote monitoring and alarm buttons (3 pcs) must function correctly.
– Car labels must be in place.
– Car fans should operate correctly.
SEP panels and MAP panel
– All covers and protections must be correctly positioned.
– All unusual registered faults should be solved and unit reset.
– MAP door must be locked and closed properly.
– There should be no abnormal noises coming from the contactors, etc.
– Overspeed governor remote test should work.
– Safety gear must stop and hold the car when overspeed governor remote test is operated
while car is moving down.
– Elevator shaft emergency light and alarm bell must work when power is off.
– Rescue drive should work in both directions.
– Brake must engage fully when handle is released. There must be no kinks or other
deformations in the brake release cable.
– The brake must stop the car in an up direction emergency stop. There must be no
excessive slide.
– All earth wires on the whole installation must be correctly connected to the earth terminal.
– ANY ELECTRICAL OVER CONNECTIONS MUST BE REMOVED
Machine
– All internal and external fastenings should be tight and locating pins in place.
– The braking surface on the machine should be clean and free from rust and other
contaminants.
– There must be no mechanical contact with machine body and fixings.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 292 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Ropes
– Ropes must be free from rust.
– Should not be dry or dirty, and there should be no broken strands, kinks or twists. If ropes
are dry, arrange relubrication of ropes according to AM-09.01.006.
– Rope labels must be attached to the rope suspensions.
Traction sheave, rope terminations and springs
– Maximum deviation in spring length must be 3 mm.
– Rope anchorages must be correctly secured with two nuts and a split pin.
– Ropes should be secured with rope grips.
– There should be no evidence of twisting of rope termination.
– There should not be any mechanical contact between rope grips.
Guide rails
– Should have a light film of oil over the full length of the blade faces.
– Should be smooth and free from safety gear marks.
– All fixings must be tight.
– Maximum permissible DBG deviation is -0 mm, +1 mm.
Elevator shaft
– Pulleys should rotate silently.
– All elevator shaft lighting should work.
– Final limit switches must operate, the roller must rotate and the switch must meet the
ramp both top and bottom. Ramps must be correctly vertically aligned.
– Top and bottom safety spaces must be according to the layout drawing.
– The travelling cable loop should be a minimum of 150 mm from the pit bottom when the
car is on the bottom floor. The loop inner diameter should be a minimum of 400 mm.
– Car insulation should be in place.
Guide shoes
– Guide shoes should be correctly adjusted with a total gap in distance between the guide
rails of max. 2 mm.
– Oil cups should be full.
Travelling cable
– Should hang correctly.
– Should be in good condition with no cracks, marks etc. on external insulation.
– The text side should be outside the loop.
Car roof
– Should be clean, tidy and free from oil or grease.
Car top connection box
– All electrical devices and switches must work correctly.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 293 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Safety devices
– Blocking pin must easily enter the slots in guide rail plate without excessive force.
– Blocking pin plate must be positioned at the guide rail joint plate.
– All safety switches must operate correctly.
Counterweight
– Free movement of shoes between rails should be between 2 and 3 mm.
– Oil cups must be full.
– Rope guards must be in place.
– Filler blocks must be in place and securely fixed down.
Landing door mechanical
– If no longer required, surface protections should be removed.
– Must be adjusted so that panels do not touch each other. Maximum gap between frame,
sill or another panel is max. 6 mm (nom. 5 mm). For glass panels maximum gap between
frame and panel is 3 mm.
– Max. door gap in closed position, with 15 kg hand force is 30 mm (measured at the bottom
of the panels).
– Synchronization rope should touch the steel back plate when pressing it with thumb at
distance of 10 cm from the synchronisation roller.
– Rollers should run smooth, aligned with the guide rail.
– Anti-tip rollers must slightly touch the rail.
– Closing weight wire guard on diverting pulley should be in horizontal position, not touching
the wire.
– Sills should be clean and securely fixed
– Distance between car sill and landing sill should be 30 ± 1 mm.
Landing door locks and contacts
– Contacts should be clean.
– Lock hook and beak overlap when contact operates must be min. 7 mm.
– Contact bridge should push the contact surface down min. 3 mm.
– Contact bridge should be aligned to the middle of contactor holes, not touching the hole
edges.
– Electrical terminations should be tight and secured.
– Must move freely and close by itself.
– Must be securely fixed.
– If the door opens, safety circuit must be interrupted.
– Lock buffers should be in place.
– Landing lock rollers should rotate.
– Emergency opening device must operate and the lock must return automatically to locked
position.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 294 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Car door mechanical


– Door shoes must be securely fastened.
– Shoes should not allow the door to rattle on normal operation.
– Distance between door bottom and sill should be max. 6 mm (nominal 5 mm).
– Synchronization rope should touch the steel back plate when pressing it with thumb at
distance of 10 cm from the synchronisation roller.
– The drive belt sides should touch each other when pressed with thumb in the centre of the
belt.
– Coupler rollers should be in the middle of operator vanes, running clearance min. 5 mm,
nom. 10 mm.
– Couplers should engage properly, engagement with rollers 10 mm ± 1 mm.
– If the door is opened, safety circuit must be interrupted.
– Must be adjusted so that panels do not touch each other and any gap between frame, sill
or another panel is max. 6 mm, nom. 5 mm.
– Should not rattle during drive.
– Should operate smoothly, also when looking from the landing side.
– Should be correctly aligned with the slam post.
– Door operates correctly (check by operating manually from car roof).
– All rollers should run smoothly and be aligned with the guide rail.
– Panels should run smoothly and be aligned with the guide rail.
– Rollers and diverters should be firmly fixed, not causing noise.
– Anti-tip rollers must prevent the door from leaving the track.
Car door electrical
– Should be free from dust
– Contact bridge should push the contact surface down min. 3 mm.
– Door operator buttons must operate correctly.
– Door protective devices must reopen the door action when operated.
Overspeed governor and rope
– Should run quietly.
– Must operate freely when tested by hand.
– Electrical contact must work.
– Seal should be intact.
– Rope should not be dirty and there should be no broken strands, kinks or twists.
Safety gear
– Must be correctly aligned, the rollers must meet both guide rails evenly.
– All bolts and nuts must be in place and properly fixed.
– Both sides must operate synchronously, gripping at the same time.
– Must be fully disengaged during normal operation.
– Must move freely and engage fully, when operated by pulling the overspeed governor
rope.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 295 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Pit
– There should be no oil, rubbish or water in the pit.
– Oil collectors should be in place.
– Buffers must be securely fixed.
Overspeed governor tension weight
– Must fully tension the governor rope.
– Safety switch trigger should be in the middle of the opening and must operate before the
weight touches the floor.
– Should move easily.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 296 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

33 FAULT FINDING

Refer to APPENDIX for LCE fault codes and for drive fault codes.

33.1 Fault finding procedure

If the elevator does not run correctly follow this procedure.

Step Action Note


1 Check the normal run.
2 Investigate the LEDs in the user Refer to the table on page 323.
interface.
3 Check the fault in drive system.
4 Perform the setup drive. (Set the elevator to setup mode, refer to page 305.)
Check the load weighing set up and balancing.

33.1.1 Operation of the elevator during the setup drive

Step Action / Function Note


1 Start the setup drive.
2 Elevator starts to move upwards. If elevator does not start to move
upwards check the position of the car and
status of magnetic switches.
3 Elevator makes a setup drive. If elevator does not make the setup drive
check the polarity of encoder and motor.
Check the motor parameters.
4 Setup is ready if the floor counting is If the floor counting is not correct,
correct. magnetic stripes are in the wrong position
or too close to the switches.

33.2 Normal run

The following table shows the LED sequence when the elevator is working properly.

LEDs Explanation Note


9 SPEED> 0.1 Speed of the elevator is more than
m/s 0.1 m/s.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 297 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

LEDs Explanation Note


8 START Indicates that both main contactors LED is off when both main
PERMIT (pos. 201:1 and 201:2) and both contactors and both auxiliary
auxiliary main contactors (pos. 201:3 main contactors are released
and 201:4) have released after previous and start permit input on
drive. If the LED stays active after drive, XD1/3 connector (LCEADO
either of the contactors is stuck open pos. 379) is 0 V.
and further drives are not possible.
7 MAIN Indicates that both drive and LCECPU Main relay triac on LCEADO
CONTACTOR control have given main contactor (pos. 379) should open and
activation command. both main contactors should
energise.
6 SHAFT DOOR Indicates that all landing doors are Input XH2/3 SHAFT DOOR
CONTACT closed. CONTACT (pos. 379
LCEADO) has voltage.
5 CAR DOOR Indicates that car doors are closed. Input X1/7 CAR DOOR
CONTACT CONTACT (pos. 379
LCEADO).
4 CLOSE Indicates that LCE gives Close Door Command is active during
DOOR command. the drive, and it disappears
COMMAND after the doors are closed
and the elevator is not active,
i.e. there are no active calls.
3 DRIVE NEED Indicates that the controller has If the LED does not light
recognised a need for drive. This can when a call from car
be a given call or specially given operating panel or landing
command for parking drive, fireman’s button is given, either the
operation etc. button is faulty, the
connection between button
and controller is faulty or
controller is faulty.
2 V3F OK Communication between the drive unit Switch the power OFF for 10
and CPU is OK. seconds and try again.
Check the parameter 1_95.
1 SAFETY Indicates that safety circuit is OK. Input X1/5 ‘STOP CONTACT’
INPUT (pos. 379 LCEADO) has
voltage.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 298 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

33.3 Faults in drive system

33.3.1 Checks

Make the following checks before the drive can be operated.

Step Action Note


1 Check the motor parameters. The motor parameters should be
according to the motor type.
2 Check that motor, brake, encoder, resolver and thermistors are connected.
3 Check the connections to the main circuit board.
4 Check the travelling cable connections.

33.3.2 Adjusting magnetizing current ratio and acceleration factor

Needed when elevator does not run with half load.

Step Action Note


1 Adjust magnetizing current ratio and 6_52, max. value 0.80
acceleration factor. 6_57, max. value 1.30
2 Save parameters to permanent 6_99, value 1
memory.
3 Switch the power OFF and ON.

33.3.3 Drive control

After the MODE command is given, drive performs the following supervisions:
1. DC Link voltage must be over 400 VDC.
2. The braking resistor must be connected.
3. The thermistor must be connected.
4. The resistance of the NTC sensor must be >1500 ohm.
5. Current sensor must not give overcurrent information.

33.3.4 Start, up or down

If the supervisions are OK, the MAIN CONTACTOR ENABLE signal is sent to LCE:
1. MBE signal. IGBT will be activated.
2. Brake command. Brake opens.
3. Speed signal. Speed is dependant on type of MODE command.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 299 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

33.3.5 Crash stopping of the drive

Faults for crash stopping of the drive may be the following:


1. Missing or incorrect encoder signal. Check from the LCE.
2. Wrong polarities of motor or encoder. LED should be lit in down direction.
3. Wrong parameters. Set the default parameter values.
4. Supervisions, as described before.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 300 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

34 APPROVALS AND VERSION HISTORY

Compiled by: Information Product Author / Ville Malmiala


Checked by: Global Installation Support / Richard Baker
Approved by: Global Installation Support / Hakan Barneman

Issue Date Description of Change Ref CR Approved by


- 2012-05-28 First issue. Hakan Barneman
Draft 2012-08-28 Counterweight with safety gear added.
A Other changes, see change bars.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 301 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

35 FEEDBACK

Click one of the star buttons in the PDF version to rate the document and report errors or
suggest improvements. This opens your default e-mail client. Users of printed documents can
send feedback directly to ktd@kone.com.

Excellent

Good

Average

Acceptable

Insufficient

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 302 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX A. KDL DRIVE RELATED ISSUES

A.1 Returning the initial settings, KDL16S

This is recommended when you do not know the status of the settings of the DCBL board.

Step Action Note


1 Set Parameter lock (6_95) parameter
to 0.
2 Set Default parameters (6_98) Value changes automatically back to 0.
parameter to 1.
3 Wait at least 15 seconds.

A.2 How to use Real time display function

This chapter is a general instruction describing how to activate and use Real time display
function.
The Real time display function is a build in feature which measures / shows the different drive
module signals on the LCE user interface.
The RealTimeDisplay monitor selection (6_75) parameter activates a function that enables
for example: observing of the elevator speed, direction of the car movement, position of the
car and motor current in real time.
For more details see drive parameter list 972483D01.

Step Action Note


1 Select RealTimeDisplay monitor selection (6_75).
2 Select any of the elevator functions that See parameter list.
you want to see (1...209).
3 Return to floor display by pressing the Menu-button.
4 Activate the Real time display by pressing Select/Accept-button.
You can now use Select/Accept-button to change display to show floor, real time or
speed display.
5 De-activate the Real time display by Press Menu-button.
returning to floor display.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 303 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

A.3 Reading detailed fault codes

The sub fault codes of the drive are describing the faults in detail.
The numbering of the sub fault codes is divided to the following categories:
– 1000-series, the elevator is locked (driving is prevented).
– 2000-series, driving of the elevator is stopped by a machine brake.
– 3000-series, warnings indicated in advance (before a device or equipment break down).
– 6000-series, diagnostic information. All sub codes in this category DO NOT indicate a
fault. They are for getting additional information.

How to read the sub fault codes

This example describes how to read sub codes 118_6010 and 118_6011.
1. Enter error log.
1.

SELECT
2.
ACCEPT
2. Push ACCEPT
(a row of figures
starts to scroll).

118 Shaft Setup


118 2021 Setup started at wrong position

2023 Setup stopped because 77:U/N


active at same time

6010 Reports minimum 61:U/N floor overlap mm


overlap

1021405 f

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 304 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX B. BALANCING FACTORS AND LOADS

Some elevators use adaptive balancing where the balancing load is less than the traditional
50% of rated load. The balancing load varies depending on speed, rated load and travel.
The weight difference must be compensated with the balancing (6_10) parameter of the
drive, load weighing device GAIN value and using a matching balancing test load during
commissioning.
To determine whether an elevator uses adaptive balancing, see the layout drawings (car
balancing factor %).
If an elevator with adaptive balancing is already in operation, the MAP has a sticker that
states the car balancing factor.
For more information on the car balancing factors and loads used with adaptive balancing,
see the layout drawings and commissioning instruction (AM-11.65.042 or AM-11.65.045).

xx%
49% 40
41

D400 42
43
44
45

MENU SELECT
xx% 46
47
ACCEPT

48
D330 6_10=xx
49

CAR NOTE: 50

D330

CWT

1073186.wmf

Figure B1. Adaptive balancing in layout drawings (left) and sticker in MAP (right)

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 305 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX C. KONE remote monitoring (KRM)

C.1 Installation on car roof

Step Action Note


1 Remove the overconnection plug from XC9B
the connector XC9C on the KNXRIF XC9C
board (inside the car top connection
box).
X12
2 Connect the alarm button cable to
connector XC9C.
3 Check that the alarm button of the KRMRIF
inspection drive unit is connected to
connector XC9B on the KNXRIF board.
4 Route and connect the cable between
the F2KMUL board (J2) inside the COP
and KNXRIF board (X12) inside the car
top connection box. Usually the cable is
pre-fitted to the F2KMUL board.

F2KMUL

1010660.wmf

C.2 Normal phone line connection

Step Action Note


1 Connect the telephone line cable
between the travelling cable plug
(XC20) and the socket on the shaft wall.

1010661.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 306 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

C.3 GSM terminal

Step Action Note


1 Insert the SIM card to the GSM terminal.
2 Connect the flat cable to the GSM terminal.
3 Remove the knock out of the car top connection box for the flat cable.
4 Fix the GSM terminal to the car top connection box with screws.
5 Connect the GSM terminal cable to the KNXRIF board (X20).

3 1. SIM card
2. Flat cable
position
3. Knock out
1

2
1010662.wmf

C.4 Setting of the rotary switch

Step Action Note


1 Check the jumper JP1 position on the
KNXRIF board.

Correct jumper position:


– over the two left hand pins,
KNXRIF board microphone in use.

2 Check that the setting of the rotary Refer to the following table.
switch on the KNXRIF board is correct.

SYSTEM ROTARY SWITCH POSITION


GSM terminal. 1
Normal telephone line, one elevator. 1
Normal telephone line, more than one Each elevator has its own individual number
elevator connected to the same telephone and rotary switch position.
line.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 307 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

C.5 Start the configuration

NOTE: Configuration must be done after commissioning for normal speed.

Step Action Note


1 Switch elevator’s main power and car
light supply ON.
2 Check the LEDs on the KNXRIF board.
See section C.7 on page 311. 1 OFF ON

LD6 LD2 LD1


1. Blinking
3 Check the GSM LEDs (if available). See OFF OFF ON
section C.8 on page 313.
1 2 3 P12000044.wmf

4 Contact the local KONE Service Centre.


5 Give the following information of the KRM installation to the KONE Service Centre.
– Equipment number
– Telephone number
– Rotary switch position on the KNXRIF board (RIF ID)
– Prefix, if the telephone is installed via PBX (switch board)
– Local ID (LID), always 1
GSM terminal, in addition to previous information:
– Telephone number for data
– Modem type
6 Wait until the configuration is made by A blinking LED (alarm registered, yellow)
the KONE Service Centre. on the KNXRIF board and alarm
Normally it takes a few minutes. registered indication on COP indicate an
ongoing configuration download.
When the blinking stops the download
and configuration are complete.
7 Check that the LED1 on the KNXRIF board is ON and other LEDs are OFF.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 308 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

C.6 Verify Emergency Alarm Button operation

Step Action Note


1 Drive the car to the lowest floor.
2 Press the alarm button of the car
operating panel. The KONE Service
Centre answers and the voice
connection is activated.
3 Check from the responding operator that
the building address information and
elevator number are correct.
4 Ensure that the voice level and quality
are acceptable.
5 Adjust the voice level if necessary. The voice level must be adjusted during
the call to the Service Centre.
Place a small magnet on the reed relay. After pressing a few times a beep sound
Press the alarm button as many times indicates that you have reached the
as necessary (the voice level highest possible voice level.
increases). If you continue pressing, the voice level
will drop down to the lowest level.

Out of service
Fireman’s service
Overload
Priority call
Call locked
Attendant service
Hospital service

Call in progress
Speak now

F2KMUL

1010806.wmf

6 Press the alarm button on the car roof


and under the car. Ensure that the voice
connection and alarm are activated
correctly.
7 Check that the system has been reset Check that the LED1 on the KNXRIF
by the Service Centre. board is lit and other LEDs are OFF.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 309 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

C.7 LEDs and switches on KNXRIF board

KRMRIF board locates in the car connection box on the car roof.

JP1
JP1

1009480.wmf

Indicator Colour Status Indication meaning


LED Mains Green On Mains power on.
Blinks 1 Hz Mains not connected (battery used).
Off No power at KRMRIF (unit not in use).
LED Batt Red On Battery failure (below 10.5 VDC).
- battery voltage low due mains power failure
- battery dead, needed to be replaced
- battery fuse operated
Off Battery is OK.
0.5 s. ON, Alarm registered but not served
0.5 s OFF
On Alarm active but served
2 s. ON, 1 s. Configuration download ongoing.
OFF
LED Alarm Yellow
0.3 s. on, No configuration, wrong configuration
0.3 s. off,
0.3 s. on, 2
s. off
OFF No alarms activated.
LED Call Yellow On Telephone call in progress.
Off No calls.
LED PSTN Red On Line is missing, line voltage less than 33 VDC or
fail no dialling tone and the possibility of a black
listed KSC number.
Off Telephone line status is normal.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 310 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Indicator Colour Status Indication meaning


LED LON Red On LON communications link fail.
fail One or more analyzers do not communicate
Lon cable break
Analyzer power failure
No connection to LON -chip
Network configuration error
Blinks 1 Hz Escalator serial communication failure with
escalator communicator.
0.3 s. on, Non configured analyzer is connected to RIF.
0.3 s. off,
0.3 s. on, 2
s. off
Off Communication works correctly
LED ICT Red On In circuit test has detected a fault on the
KRMRIF board.
If the LED is continuously ON or blinks replace
the KRMRIF board.
Off KRMRIF is working correctly.

Setting JP1
JP1
Voice link uses microphone on the KRMRIF
1 board. (Car roof alarm button in inspection drive
unit)
1 Voice link uses microphone on the separate
1009482.wmf ALBU unit on the car roof.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 311 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

C.8 Indicator LEDs of the GSM terminal

The functionality of the three light indicators in start-up, normal and special situations is
described in the following tables respectively.

1 2 3 1. LED 1
2. LED 2
3. LED 3

1006322.wmf

Nokia 30 light indicator states during start-up (10 seconds)


LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 Description
OFF OFF OFF Power OFF
Green scan Green scan Green scan Power on, connecting to network
500 ms on
OFF Red blink OFF PIN query
OFF Red blink Red blink PUK query
Red or Green OFF OFF Field intensity poor
blink

Nokia 30 light indicator states during normal operation


LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 Description
OFF OFF Green In service
OFF OFF Green blink Call on

Nokia 30 light indicator states in special situations


LED 1 LED 2 LED 3 Description
Green/Red Green/Red Green/Red Insert SIM card or replace
blink blink blink
Red blink Red blink Red blink Failure, replace GSM terminal
Yellow Yellow Yellow Initializing (short yellow blink), if stays
yellow then replace the terminal.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 312 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX D. ELECTRIFICATION PANELS, INTRODUCTION

D.1 KDL16S drive module (KM51004000V001, V002)

5
D1

1076282.wmf

Pos Name Number


1 Slide deck
2 Bottom cover plate
3 Braking resistor assembly
4 Module fan, 2 pcs KM50014767
5 Contactor board (CO16) KM964619G24

LED Colour Status Indication meaning


DANGER (D1) Red ON DC-link is charged.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 313 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.2 KDM drive module KR6 / KR7

3
4

1066396.wmf

1 Fan
2 I/O board
3 Power supply cable connecting points
4 Earthing clamps
5 PE grounding terminals

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 314 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Safe de-energizing method

– Check that the yellow DANGER led is lit.


– Disconnect and prevent reconnection of the
possible emergency power supplies.
– Switch OFF the main switch (220). Lock and tag. > 50 VDC
– Wait for 5 minutes.
– Check that the yellow DANGER led is NOT lit.
– Open the cover. Check that there is no voltage
(AC) in power supply terminals L1-L2, L1-L3,
L2-L3, L1-ground, L2-ground, L3-ground.
– Check that there is no voltage (DC) in the
intermediate circuit between terminals DC+
and DC-. 1067199.wmf

L1 L2 L3 U V W DC+ DC- L1 L2 L3 U V W DC+ DC-

1067127.wmf 1067126.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 315 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.3 KDA module

2
5
3

6
4
7

1066394.wmf

1 DCBG board
2 Circuit breaker (298)
3 Terminal blocks (PE)
4 Contactor (201:1)
5 Motor fan control
6 MCCB2 board
7 BCB25 board

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 316 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.4 Panels in the elevator shaft (KDM)

1 KR6/KR7 drive module


7 KDA module (slim)
8 SEP

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 317 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.5 Shaft electrification panel (SEP)

1. Transformer module
2. LCEREC board 1
3. LCECPU board
4. LCECAN board
5. LCEKNX or LCEVOI board
6. LCEADO board
7. LCEOPT board 2
8. LCERAL board
9. LCEGTW board 3, 4, 5
10. LCEDOMCS board 12
11. Cover
12. Contactor module

7
8
9
10

1075340.wmf
11

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 318 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.6 Maintenance access panel (MAP)

1. Light
2. Maintenance intercom / 5
firemen’s drive (option) 6
3. Brake release lever 7
4. LOPCB board
5. Socket (274)
8
6. Run button (270:RB)
7. RDF switch (270) 9
8. Car light fuse (290:1) 10
9. Residual current circuit breaker 1 11
(236)
10. Shaft light fuse (290:2)
11. Impulse relay (268)
12. Main switch (220:2) 2
13. Lighting switch (262)
14. LOP230 board 12
13

14

1078973.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 319 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.7 User interface

The buttons and display in the user interface

1. User interface
2. Overspeed governor test button
XL1 XL8 XL9
3. Menu display
1
4. Sub menu display S14

5. Value display 2 OSG TEST


6. Value setting button
7. Menu button
3
8. Select/Accept button
4
LOP-CB 763603H01

9. Up call button
10. Down call button 5
11. Car call button 6 D22 D23 D24 D25 D26

UP CALL
12. Inhibit door opening switch MENU
S8
SELECT
S6
CAR CALL
13. Inhibit landing calls switch S10 S7 S4
7 S5
14. RS232 mode, always keep the ACCEPT
8 S9
switch in left position DOWN CALL
15. RDF up button
16. RDF down button 9
17. OFFSET 10
18. GAIN
11

12 S13

13 S12

14 RS232 MODE S11


SPEED
15 RDF
UP
>0.6 m/s
LOPCB
TEST
S2
-0 m/s
RDF
DW SPEED
16 S1 >0.6 m/s MEASUREMENTS
TP4 TP3
OFFSET LWD
GAIN
R127 TP6 TP5 R146
MOTOR
17 CURRENT
TP2

TP1
18
XL2

XL3 XL4 XL5 XL6


1007529.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 320 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Use of the buttons in the user interface

Pos. Button Action


7 MENU Push MENU button to select the menu.
Refer to the LCE parameter table.
8 SELECT / Push SELECT / ACCEPT button to select the sub
ACCEPT menu.
Refer to the LCE parameter table.
6 Arrow buttons When MENU display is blank, you can choose the
11 CAR CALL required floor number using arrow buttons and push
CAR CALL.
9 UP CALL You can give landing calls up and down by pushing
10 DOWN CALL UP CALL or DOWN CALL.
15 RDF UP Recall drive up.
16 RDF DW Recall drive down.

Pos. Switch Action


12 INHIBIT DOOR Use these switches to inhibit door opening and
OPENING landing calls during test drives to avoid interruption
13 INHIBIT of the test or trapping of passengers.
LANDING CALL
2 OSG TEST Use this switch to make the overspeed governor
test and to release the overspeed governor after
testing.
14 RS232 Keep this switch always in the left position.

Pos. Potentiometers Description


18 GAIN These potentiometers are used to set the load
17 OFFSET weighing device.

Measuring point Polarity Description


LWD TP5 Gain Not used.
TP6 Offset
Speed TP3 + Tachometer voltage Use these measuring points for
measurements TP4 - speed measurements.
Motor current TP1 + Motor current Use these measuring points for
TP2 - measuring the motor current.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 321 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

LEDs in the user interface board

LED Function when LED is ON Normal Colour


status
+24V + 24 V DC control voltage is OK. ON GREEN
+5V + 5 V DC control voltage is OK. ON GREEN
+12V + 12 V DC control voltage is OK. ON GREEN
-12V - 12 V DC control voltage is OK. ON GREEN
LCECPUnc Indicates that CPU and SW are working. Blinking YELLOW
RUNNING
LIFT IN FAULT Fault prevents the car driving. OFF RED
EMERGENCY Emergency alarm push button pushed in OFF RED
ALARM car.
INSPECTION Inspection drive from car roof is ON OFF YELLOW
(42:DS).

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 322 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

LED Function when LED is ON Normal Colour


status
RESCUE DRIVE Rescue drive from MAP is ON (270). Input OFF YELLOW
XM11/2 on LCECPU pos. 375.
CAR COMM OK Car communication network is working. ON GREEN
HOISTWAY Lift well communication network is working. ON GREEN
COMM. OK
+24V CAR&SHAFT + 24 V DC car and lift well voltage is OK. ON GREEN
OK
SPEED > 0.1m/s The LED is ON when the speed goes over ON/OFF YELLOW
0.1 m/s while accelerating and goes OFF
when the speed goes under 0.3 m/s while
decelerating.
START PERMIT One of the main contactors (201:1, 201:2) or ON/OFF YELLOW
the dynamic brake contactor (204) has not
been released. Input XD1/3 on board 379.
MAIN LCECPU has given main contactor ON/OFF YELLOW
CONTACTOR activation command.
SHAFT DOOR Lift well doors are closed. Input XH2/3 on ON/OFF YELLOW
CONTACT board pos. 379 has voltage.
CAR DOOR Car doors are closed. Input XC1/7 on board ON/OFF YELLOW
CONTACT pos. 379 has voltage.
CLOSE DOOR Close the door command is given. ON/OFF YELLOW
COMMAND
DRIVE NEED Need for driving recognised. ON/OFF YELLOW
V3F OK Drive unit is able to drive. ON GREEN
SAFETY INPUT Safety chain input XC1/5 on board pos. 379 ON GREEN
is powered.
DRIVE UP Drive up command is given to the drive unit. ON/OFF YELLOW
77:U Car is at top floor deceleration area. ON/OFF YELLOW
61:U Car is at about +10 mm... -140 mm from ON/OFF YELLOW
floor level.
30 Car is at door zone of front door. ON/OFF YELLOW
B30 Car is at rear door zone. ON/OFF YELLOW
61:N Car is at about -10 mm... +140 mm from ON/OFF YELLOW
floor level.
77:N Car is at bottom floor deceleration area. ON/OFF YELLOW
77:S Car is at terminal floor area. ON/OFF YELLOW
DRIVE DOWN Drive down command is given to the drive ON/OFF YELLOW
unit.
OPEN DOOR Open door command is given. ON/OFF YELLOW
COMMAND

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 323 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

LED Function when LED is ON Normal Colour


status
PHOTOCELL Photocell LED is ON when there is OFF YELLOW
something between doors. Inputs XB29/2
and XB31/2 on board LCECCB pos. 806.
OPEN BUTTON Door open button LED is ON when button is OFF YELLOW
pressed. Input XC10/1 on board LCECOB
pos. 32.
CLOSE FORCE Door closing force limiter is active. Inputs OFF YELLOW
LIMITER XB28/8 and XB30/8 on board LCECCB pos.
806.
DOOR ZONE Car is at door zone. Signal is present even if ON/OFF GREEN
INDICATOR the power supply is switched off.
INHIBIT DOOR Door opening is inhibited with the switch OFF YELLOW
OPENING beside this LED.
INHIBIT LANDING Landing calls are inhibited with the switch OFF YELLOW
CALLS beside this LED.
SPEED >0.6m/s Car speed more than 0.6 m/s, up direction. ON/OFF RED
(D68)
SPEED >0.3m/s Car speed more than 0.3 m/s, up direction. ON/OFF GREEN
(D67)
SPEED >0.02m/s Car speed more than 0.02 m/s, up direction. ON/OFF GREEN
(D66)
SPEED >0.02m/s Car speed more than 0.02 m/s, down ON/OFF GREEN
(D65) direction.
SPEED >0.3m/s Car speed more than 0.3 m/s, down ON/OFF GREEN
(D64) direction.
SPEED >0.6m/s Car speed more than 0.6 m/s, down ON/OFF RED
(D63) direction.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 324 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.8 Fuses and LEDs on LOP-230 board

Fuse Size/type LED Normal


F1 Safety chain 230 V 1 A/T (5x20 mm) - -
F2 Safety chain, brake and fan 6.3 A/T (5x20 mm) F2 OK ON
supplies
F3 Door supply 2 A/T (5x20 mm) F3 OK ON

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 325 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

D.9 Fuses on LCEREC board

Fuse Size/type
F4 Car and shaft 24 V 4 A multi fuse
F5 Control voltage 24 V 4 A multi fuse
F6 & F7 Short circuit protection of transformer 6 A/500 V (10x38 mm)
F8 24 V Car and shaft (optional if > 10 floors) 8 A multi fuse

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 326 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX E. ELEVATOR SHAFT WIRING WITH TRUNKING

E.1 Trunking and shaft lighting

NOTE: For optimal lighting install the light units to horizontal position (if possible) with the
lamps pointing downwards. Install the lowest light unit to vertical position.

1. Install the trunking and elevator shaft lighting.


2. Drill holes for signalling cable and door lock cable fixings at each landing. open trunking
cable entries.

0.5m
max

6m
0.5m
6m

m m
50
<2
6m

max. 0.5m

1076609.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 327 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

E.2 Installing shaft bundles

1. Install the safety chain and signalling shaft bundles. Keep the safety chain shaft bundles
behind the plastic protections of the floor control boards. Secure with the cable ties.
2. Connect the safety chain wires to MAP and signalization and alarm bell cables to SEP.
3. Counterweight OSG: Connect the adapter cable to XLH6.
4. Route and connect the landing door lock cables and signalling cables. Leave minimum
100 mm free cable ends at the landing side.
5. Through type elevator: Check jumper X1 position.
Left (A) = front side door, right (B) = rear side door.

P122

XLH4
XLH7

XH11

XH12

A B
X1
1076606.wmf

Cable To
Landing door contact (P122) / landing door lock contact SEP / LOP230 / XLH7
Tension weight contact / stop switch in the pit SEP / LOP230 / XLH4
Alarm bell cable MAP / LCECPU / XH11
Floor control board cable (LCEFCB) MAP / LCECPU / XH12

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 328 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

E.3 Installing pit electrification

WARNING: Check that the car is safely locked off and can not move.

1. Install the lowest shaft lighting unit, lighting switch, pit stop switch and intercom socket.
2. Connect the pit cables (OSG tension weight contact, pit stop switch, shaft lighting,
intercom socket, oil buffer contacts (if any) and any additional pit devices).
3. Check that an end connector is connected to the XS2 in the lowest board.

0.6 m

XS2

1076671.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 329 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX F. Plumbing jig

F.1 Assembling plumbing jig and hanging the plumb lines

Step Action Note


1 Install the plumbing jig supports and Ensure that you install the supports in the
telescopic pipes at a min. height of correct way.
1500 mm above the topmost landing
floor level.
Frame door Front door
1500

1007130.wmf
1007131.wmf

WARNING: Do not lean into the


elevator shaft or against the safety
protection bars.

1007133.wmf

1007132.wmf

1007134.wmf
1007135.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 330 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


2 Assemble the plumbing jig.

1 2

3 6 4

7
5
YY:
40

50+DBG+50

DBG
44
44

50 50

LL X 50

1048960.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 331 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


3 Place the jig onto the supports.

1009604 wmf
4 Adjust the jig according to the top landing entrance.

1009605 wmf
5 Lower the plumbing lines.

LL

1007139.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 332 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

F.2 Aligning the guide rails


40

Step Action Note


1 Clamp the plumbing gauges onto the
guide rails.

Parallelity and DBG direction is adjusted


at the guide rail brackets.

The guide rail is aligned when:


• The plumb wire is touching the
pointer on the alignment tool.
• The parallelity string line wire aligns
with the holes in the alignment tool.
• DBG is within the stated tolerance
+1mm - 0 mm at the clip level. a1144b1.wmf

2 Place the counterweight guide rail Do not use the positioning tool to force
positioning tool on the nose of the single the guide rail into position. This will
car guide rail. Keeping this point, still damage the tool. There should be no tight
move the side at the single spot when moving the positioning tool up
counterweight guide rail up and down to and down nor too big a gap.
position the guide rail.

1007162.wmf

1007163.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 333 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX G. ENERGY EFFICIENCY CLASS A

The VDI 4707 classification standard defines seven energy efficiency classes. The classes
are labelled with the letters from A to G. The highest rating is class A.
To reach the class A on the elevator with KDL16 drive, perform the steps in this appendix.
Under customer request the energy efficiency rating may be indicated with a sticker on a car
operating panel.

For more information on drive 10 car door operator see AM-03.35.027 Electrical installation,
commissioning, troubleshooting instruction, AMD drive 10 car door operator.
For more information on BMV option see AM-11.65.038 ECB-1 single line ReGenerative unit.

G.1 Stand By Mode option (SBM-V)

After 5 minutes from the last run:


– control panel and drive are set to energy saving mode.
– signalization displays are dimmed.
– power to door operator and curtain of light is cut off.

Step Action Note


1 Set following LCE parameters:
OSI / HSL selection (1_96) parameter to 3.
Car fan saving (1_75) parameter to 4.
Car light saving (1_76) parameter to 4.
2 Switch the power OFF. This action saves the parameter
Wait at least 15 seconds. settings.
Switch the power ON.

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 334 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

Step Action Note


3 Route and connect the cable (50002012) from SEP panel to the topmost floor
control board (LCEFCB).

K4/A1
K4/A2
LCEFCB
XF4 XF4

1073853.wmf

4 Set Standby mode (6_12) parameter This drive parameter activates drive
to 1. standby mode.
5 Set Save (6_99) parameter to 1. Value returns automatically to 0.
6 Switch the power OFF. This action saves the parameter
Wait at least 15 seconds. settings.
Switch the power ON.

G.2 Standby mode of LOPCB board

Standby mode must be deactivated when the elevator is in inspection drive.


Standby mode must be activated when the elevator is in normal drive.

Step Action Note


1 Inspection drive:
Connect XL1 plugs. XL1

LOPCB/XL1 LCECPU/XL1
2 Normal drive:
Disconnect XL1 plugs. XL1

LOPCB/XL1 LCECPU/XL1

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 335 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

APPENDIX H. CEILING TYPES

H.1 Ceiling interface for one panel ceiling (DD = 650 … 1180 mm)

147
DD 650...1180

BB-4 DD-56 1077345.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 336 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

H.2 Ceiling interface for two panel ceiling (DD = 1181 … 2310 mm)

147
DD 1181...2310

DD-56

BB-4 1077346.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 337 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

H.3 Ceiling interface for three panel ceiling (DD = 2311 … 3440 mm)

147
DD 2311...3440

DD-56

BB-4 1077347.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 338 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

H.4 Ceiling interface for four panel ceiling (DD = 3441 … 3500 mm)
147
DD 3441...3500

DD-56

BB-4 1077348.wmf

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 339 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28
KONE MonoSpace® 3.0
Installation Instruction

KONE Corporation
KONE Training and Documentation
P.O. Box 679
FI-05801 Hyvinkää, Finland

DRAFT
Copyright ©2012 KONE Corporation 340 (340) AM-01.01.250
All rights reserved. (Draft A) 2012-08-28